355
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. This owner’s manual covers all versions. Therefore, you may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular vehicle. The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever. 12/04/18 14:28:17 42TF2C00_001

Fit Hybrid English Manual

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

User manual Of Honda FIT/Jazz Hybrid

Citation preview

Page 1: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when itis sold.

This owner’s manual covers all versions. Therefore, you may find descriptions of equipment and features that are noton your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing.Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

12/04/18 14:28:17 42TF2C00_001

Page 2: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Congratulations! Your selection was a wise investment. It will give you yearsof driving pleasure.

One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new vehicle is toread this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls andconvenience items. Afterwards, keep this owner’s manual in your vehicle soyou can refer to it at any time.

Symbols on labels attached to your vehicle are to remind you toread this owner’s manual for proper and safe operation of your vehicle.

As you read this manual, you willfind information that is preceded bya symbol. Thisinformation is intended to help youavoid damage to your vehicle, otherproperty, or the environment.

Several other booklets explain the warranties that protect your new vehicle.Read the warranty booklet thoroughly so you understand the coverages andare aware of your rights and responsibilities.

Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manualhelps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your dealer’s staffis specially trained in servicing the many systems unique to your vehicle.Your dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will be pleased to answerany questions and concerns.

Best wishes and happy motoring.

Introduction

i

12/04/18 14:28:24 42TF2C00_002

Page 3: Fit Hybrid English Manual

--

--

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. And operating thisvehicle safely is an importantresponsibility.

To help you make informeddecisions about safety, we haveprovided operating procedures andother information on labels and inthis manual. This information alertsyou to potential hazards that couldhurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical orpossible to warn you about all thehazards associated with operating ormaintaining your vehicle. You mustuse your own good judgement.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,including:

on the vehicle.preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of

three signal words: , , or .These signal words mean:

such as Important Safety Reminders or ImportantSafety Precautions.

such as Driver and Passenger Safety.how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information please read itcarefully.

Safety LabelsSafety Messages

Safety Headings

Safety SectionInstructions

A Few Words About Safety

DANGER WARNING CAUTION

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be HURT if you don’t followinstructions.

ii

12/04/18 14:28:34 42TF2C00_003

Page 4: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The Honda IMA (Integrated MotorAssist) System provides you withbetter fuel economy. An electricmotor assists the vehicle’s petrolengine when accelerating, andreduces the load on the engine toimprove the fuel economy. Whendecelerating, the turning wheelsactivate the electric motor, whichgenerates electric power to chargethe IMA battery. When you come tostop, an auto idle stop function shutsoff the engine under certainconditions (see page ).

The IMA battery’s voltage isextremely high (100 volts). Thisbattery is located under the luggagearea and there are no maintenancetasks you can safely perform.Consult your authorized dealer whenmaintenance or repair is needed.

229

Information on Honda IMA System

PPOOWWEERR CCOONNTTRROOLL UUNNIITT ((PPCCUU))

IIMMAA MMOOTTOORR

1122 VVOOLLTT BBAATTTTEERRYY

EENNGGIINNEE

HHiigghh vvoollttaaggee ppaarrttss aarree mmaarrkkeedd wwiitthh tthhee ssyymmbbooll // ..

IIMMAA PPOOWWEERR CCAABBLLEE((OOrraannggee))

IIMMAA BBAATTTTEERRYY((110000 VVOOLLTT))

iii

12/04/18 14:28:41 42TF2C00_004

Page 5: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the vehicle is damaged or collapsed during a crash, high voltage from damaged electric parts may cause seriousinjury if you touch them. Never touch high voltage parts and related wiring (orange cables).

If electrolyte leaks from the battery, be careful not to let it get in your eyes or on your skin. If this occurs, flush withwater for at least 15 minutes, then immediately call a physician.

In the case of an electrical fire, we recommend the use of a fire extinguisher. If water must be used to extinguish afire, ensure that a large amount is used as smaller amounts can aggravate the fire further.

Your vehicle is equipped with a 100-volt Nickel-Metal Hydride battery. Handling of this battery requires specialknowledge and skills. Always consult your local Honda Dealer/Distributor for information on correct battery disposalprocedures.

In case of an accident

Battery Disposal Information

Important Precautions on Honda IMA System

iv

12/04/18 14:28:46 42TF2C00_005

Page 6: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Turn to the beginning of each section for a complete list of subjects.

Important information about theproper use and care of yourvehicle’s seat belts, an overview ofthe supplemental restraint system,and valuable information on howto protect children with childrestraints.

Explains the purpose of eachinstrument panel indicator,message and symbol on the multi-information display, gauge, andhow to use the controls on thedashboard and steering column.

What petrol to use, how to break-in your new vehicle, and how toload luggage and other cargo.

The proper way to start the engine,shift the transmission, and park;plus what you need to know ifyou’re planning to tow a trailer.

The service reminder system ormaintenance schedule shows youwhen you need to take yourvehicle to the dealer formaintenance service. There is alsoa list of things to check andinstructions on how to check them.

Tips on cleaning and protectingyour vehicle.

This section covers severalproblems motorists sometimesexperience, and details how tohandle them.

ID numbers, dimensions,capacities, and technicalinformation.

How to operate the climate controlsystem, the audio system, andother convenience features.

Contents

..........Your Vehicle at a Glance . 2

....Driver and Passenger Safety . 5

.....Instruments and Controls . 65

............................Features . 169

...................Before Driving . 195

..............................Driving . 209

......................Maintenance . 239

................Appearance Care . 293

Taking Care of the.......................Unexpected . 301

.........Technical Information . 331

................................Index . 339

1

12/04/18 14:28:59 42TF2C00_006

Page 7: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your Vehicle at a Glance

2

BONNET RELEASEHANDLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (CVT)

CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM

PASSENGER’S FRONT AIRBAGMULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

DRIVER’S FRONTAIRBAG

SUNSHADE SWITCH

AUDIO SYSTEM

CLOCK

(P.11, 27)

(P.153)

(P.198)

(P.219)

(P.170)

(P.177)

(P.192)

(P.11, 27)(P.155)(P.80)

DOOR LOCK TAB(P.134)

12/04/18 14:29:05 42TF2C00_007

Page 8: Fit Hybrid English Manual

* *

**

To use the horn, press the centre pad of the steering wheel.On-board diagnostics

1 :2 :

Your Vehicle at a Glance

3

ECON BUTTON

HEADLIGHT ADJUSTER

MIRROR CONTROLS

WINDSCREEN WIPERS/WASHERS

MULTI-INFORMATION BUTTONS

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNALS

PADDLE SHIFTERS

STEERING WHEEL ADJUSTMENTS

REAR FOG LIGHT/FRONT FOG LIGHTS

HAZARD WARNING BUTTON

REAR WINDOW DEMISTER

ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET

(P.123)

(P.124)

(P.157)

(P.127)

(P.128)

(P.224)

(P.129) (P.81)

(P.165)

(P.126)

(P.126)

(P.121)

HORN OBD Connector1 2

12/04/18 14:29:11 42TF2C00_008

Page 9: Fit Hybrid English Manual

4

12/04/18 14:29:13 42TF2C00_009

Page 10: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This section gives you importantinformation about how to protectyourself and your passengers. Itshows you how to use seat belts. Itexplains how your airbags work. Andit tells you how to properly restraininfants and children in your vehicle.

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6.......Your Vehicle’s Safety Features . 8

.......................................Seat Belts . 9.........................................Airbags . 11

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 13......................1. Close the Doors . 13

...........2. Adjust the Front Seats . 14............3. Adjust the Seat-Backs . 15

...4. Adjust the Head Restraints . 155. Fasten and Position the Seat

.....................................Belts . 166. Maintain a Proper Sitting

................................Position . 19.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 20...Additional Safety Precautions . 20

Additional Information About Your.................................Seat Belts . 22

..Seat Belt System Components . 22

......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 23........................................Lap Belt . 24

Automatic Seat Belt...............................Tensioners . 24

...............Seat Belt Maintenance . 25Additional Information About

...........................Your Airbags . 27......Airbag System Components . 27

How Your Front Airbags.........................................Work . 28

...How Your Side Airbags Work . 29How Your Side Curtain

..........................Airbags Work . 31..How the SRS Indicator Works . 31

How the Side Airbag Off......................Indicator Works . 32

.............................Airbag Service . 33...Additional Safety Precautions . 33

Protecting Children General................................Guidelines . 34

All Children Must Be...............................Restrained . 34

All Children Should Sit in a.................................Back Seat . 35

The Passenger’s Front Airbag................Poses Serious Risks . 36

The Side Airbag Poses Serious.........................................Risks . 38

If You Must Drive with Several...................................Children . 38

If a Child Requires Close..................................Attention . 39

...Additional Safety Precautions . 39... 40

.......................Protecting Infants . 40.........Protecting Small Children . 42

Selecting a Child Restraint..........................................System . 44

Installing a Child Restraint......................................System . 45

.....With the Lower Anchorages . 46.........With a Lap/Shoulder Belt . 50

...........................With a Lap Belt . 53..............................With a Tether . 55

...........Protecting Larger Children . 57...............Checking Seat Belt Fit . 58

..................Using a Booster Seat . 58When Can a Larger Child Sit in

.........................................Front . 59...Additional Safety Precautions . 60

.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 61...................................Safety Labels . 62

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Driver and Passenger Safety 5

12/04/18 14:29:17 42TF2C00_010

Page 11: Fit Hybrid English Manual

You’ll find many safetyrecommendations throughout thissection, and throughout this manual.The recommendations on this pageare the ones we consider to be themost important.

A seat belt is your best protection inall types of collisions. Airbags aredesigned to supplement seat belts,not replace them. So even thoughyour vehicle is equipped with airbags,make sure you and your passengersalways wear your seat belts, andwear them properly (see page ).

Children age 12 and under shouldride properly restrained in a backseat, not the front seat. Infants andsmall children should be restrainedin a child restraint system. Largerchildren should use a booster seatand a lap/shoulder belt until theycan use the belt properly without abooster seat (see pages ).

While airbags can save lives, theycan cause serious or fatal injuries tooccupants who sit too close to them,or are not properly restrained.Infants, young children, and shortadults are at the greatest risk. Besure to follow all instructions andwarnings in this manual.16

34 60

Important Safety Precautions

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

Restrain All Children

Be Aware of Airbag Hazards

Driver and Passenger Safety6

12/04/18 14:29:24 42TF2C00_011

Page 12: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Evenone drink can reduce your ability torespond to changing conditions, andyour reaction time gets worse withevery additional drink. So don’t drinkand drive, and don’t let your friendsdrink and drive, either.

Excessive speed is a major factor incrash injuries and deaths. Generally,the higher the speed, the greater therisk, but serious injuries can alsooccur at lower speeds. Never drivefaster than is safe for currentconditions, regardless of themaximum speed posted.

Engaging in mobile phoneconversation or other activities thatkeep you from paying close attentionto the road, other vehicles andpedestrians could lead to a crash.Remember, situations can changequickly, and only you can decidewhen it is safe to divert attentionaway from driving.

Having a tyre blowout or amechanical failure can be extremelyhazardous. To reduce the possibilityof such problems, check your tyrepressures and condition frequently,and perform all regularly scheduledmaintenance (see page ).249

Driver and Passenger Safety

Don’t Drink and Drive Control Your Speed

Keep Your Vehicle in SafeCondition

Pay Appropriate Attention to theTask of Driving Safely

Important Safety Precautions

7

12/04/18 14:29:31 42TF2C00_012

Page 13: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle is equipped with manyfeatures that work together toprotect you and your passengersduring a crash.

Some features do not require anyaction on your part. These include astrong steel framework that forms asafety cage around the passengercompartment, front and rear crushzones, a collapsible steering column,and tensioners that tighten the frontseat belts in a crash.

However, you and your passengerscan’t take full advantage of thesefeatures unless you remain sitting inthe correct position and

. In fact, some safetyfeatures can contribute to injuries ifthey are not used properly.

The following pages explain how youcan take an active role in protectingyourself and your passengers.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

always wearyour seat belts

8

(6)

(7)

(2) (2)(1)

(5)

(3)

(4)

(6)

(9)(9)

(8)

(7)

(10)

(8)

(10) Front Seat Belt Tensioners

(6) Seat Belts(7) Front Airbags(8) Side Airbags(9) Side Curtain Airbags

(1) Safety Cage(2) Crush Zones(3) Occupant Position Detection

System (OPDS) Sensors(4) Head Restraints(5) Collapsible Steering Column

12/04/18 14:29:39 42TF2C00_013

Page 14: Fit Hybrid English Manual

----

Your vehicle is equipped with seatbelts in all seating positions.

Seat belts are the single mosteffective safety device for adults andlarger children. (Infants and smallerchildren must be properly restrainedin child restraint systems.)

When properly worn, seat belts:Keep you connected to the vehicleso you can take advantage of thevehicle’s built-in safety features.

Help protect you in almost everytype of crash, including:

frontal impactsside impactsrear impactsrollovers

Help keep you from being thrownagainst the inside of the vehicleand against other occupants.

Keep you from being thrown outof the vehicle.

Help keep you in a good positionshould the airbags ever deploy. Agood position reduces the risk ofinjury from an inflating airbag andallows you to get the bestadvantage from the airbag.

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

Your seat belt system also includesan indicator on the instrument paneland a beeper to remind you and yourpassengers to fasten your seat belts.

In most countries, there is a lawcovering the use of seat belts. Pleasetake time to familiarize yourself withthe legal requirements of thecountries in which you will drive.

CONTINUED

Driver and Passenger Safety

Seat Belts

Why Wear Seat Belts

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

9

Not wearing a seat beltproperly increases thechance of serious injury ordeath in a crash, even thoughyour vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and yourpassengers always wear seatbelts and wear them properly.

12/04/18 14:29:50 42TF2C00_014

Page 15: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Of course, seat belts cannotcompletely protect you in everycrash. But in most cases, seat beltscan reduce your risk of seriousinjury.

Always wear your seat belt, andmake sure you wear it properly.

Seat belts are designed to bear uponthe bony structure of the body, andshould be worn low across the frontof the pelvis or the pelvis, chest andshoulders, as applicable; wearing thelap section of the belt across theabdominal area must be avoided.

Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protection forwhich they have been designed. Aslack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

Belts should not be worn with strapstwisted.

Each belt assembly must only be usedby one occupant; it is dangerous toput a belt around a child being carriedon the occupant’s lap.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

What You Should Do:

10

WARNING:

12/04/18 14:29:57 42TF2C00_015

Page 16: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle has a supplementalrestraint system (SRS) with frontairbags to help protect the heads andchests of the driver and a front seatpassenger during a moderate tosevere frontal collision (see page

for more information on howyour front airbags work).

Your vehicle also has side airbags tohelp protect the upper torso of thedriver or a front seat passengerduring a moderate to severe sideimpact (see page for moreinformation on how your side airbagswork).

In addition, your vehicle has sidecurtain airbags to help protect theheads of the driver, front passenger,and passengers in the outer rearseating positions during a moderateto severe side or front impact (seepage for more information on howyour side curtain airbags work).

28

29

31

CONTINUED

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbags

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

11

12/04/18 14:30:04 42TF2C00_016

Page 17: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The most important things you needto know about your airbags are:

They are designed to supplementthe seat belts.

To do their job, airbags mustinflate with tremendous force. Sowhile airbags help save lives, theycan cause minor injuries or moreserious or even fatal injuries ifoccupants are not properlyrestrained or sitting properly.

Always wearyour seat belt properly, and situpright and as far back from thesteering wheel as possible whileallowing full control of the vehicle. Afront passenger should move theirseat as far back from the dashboardas possible.

The rest of this section gives moredetailed information about how youcan maximize your safety.

Remember, however, that no safetysystem can prevent all injuries ordeaths that can occur in a severecrash, even when seat belts areproperly worn and the airbags deploy.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbags do not replace seat belts.

Airbags offer no protection in rearcollisions, or minor frontal or sidecollisions.

Airbags can pose serious hazards.

What you should do:

12

12/04/18 14:30:11 42TF2C00_017

Page 18: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The following pages provideinstructions on how to properlyprotect the driver, adult passengers,and teenage children who are largeenough and mature enough to driveor ride in the front.

See pages for importantguidelines on how to properlyprotect infants, small children, andlarger children who ride in yourvehicle.

After everyone has entered thevehicle, be sure the doors and thetailgate are closed.

See page for how the door andtailgate open indicator works.

Your vehicle has a door andtailgate open indicator on

the instrument panel to indicatewhen any door or the tailgate is nottightly closed.

Your vehicle has a door and tailgateopen indicator on the multi-information display to indicate whena specific door or the tailgate is nottightly closed.

86

34 60

Introduction Close the Doors1.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety 13

This shows all doors and the tailgateopen.

12/04/18 14:30:19 42TF2C00_018

Page 19: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Adjust the driver’s seat as far to therear as possible while allowing you tomaintain full control of the vehicle.Have a front passenger adjust theirseat as far to the rear as possible.

If you sit too close to the steeringwheel or dashboard, you can beseriously injured by an inflating frontairbag, or by striking the steeringwheel or dashboard.

Once your seat is adjusted correctly,rock it back and forth to make sure itis locked into position. See page

for how to adjust the front seats.

In addition to adjusting the seat, youcan adjust the steering wheel up anddown, and in and out (see page ).

If you cannot get far enough awayfrom the steering wheel and stillreach the controls, we recommendthat you investigate whether sometype of adaptive equipment may help.

129

144

Adjust the Front Seats2.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety14

Sitting too close to a frontairbag can result in seriousinjury or death if the frontairbags inflate.

Always sit as far back fromthe front airbags as possible.

12/04/18 14:30:26 42TF2C00_019

Page 20: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to acomfortable, upright position,leaving ample space between yourchest and the airbag cover in thecentre of the steering wheel.

Passengers with adjustable seat-backs should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, uprightposition.

Adjust the driver’s head restraint sothe centre of the back of your headrests against the centre of therestraint.

Have passengers with adjustablehead restraints adjust their restraintsproperly as well. Taller personsshould adjust their restraint as highas possible.

Reclining a seat-back so that theshoulder part of the belt no longerrests against the occupant’s chestreduces the protective capability ofthe belt. It also increases the chanceof sliding under the belt in a crashand being seriously injured. Thefarther a seat-back is reclined, thegreater the risk of injury.

See page for how to adjust theseat-backs.

144

CONTINUED

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Adjust the Seat-Backs Adjust the Head Restraints3. 4.

15

Reclining the seat-back toofar can result in serious injuryor death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to anupright position, and sit wellback in the seat.

12/04/18 14:30:36 42TF2C00_020

Page 21: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Properly adjusted head restraintswill help protect occupants fromwhiplash and other crash injuries.

When a passenger is seated in therear seating position, make sure therear head restraint is adjusted to itshighest position. Insert the latch plate into the buckle,

then tug on the belt to make sure thebelt is securely latched. Check thatthe belt is not twisted, because atwisted belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash.

See page for how to adjust thehead restraints.

146

Using the Lap/Shoulder belt

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Fasten and Position the SeatBelts

5.

16

Improperly positioning headrestraints reduces theireffectiveness and you can beseriously injured in a crash.

Make sure head restraints arein place and positionedproperly before driving.

12/04/18 14:30:42 42TF2C00_021

Page 22: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Position the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across your hips,then pull up on the shoulder part ofthe belt so the lap part fits snugly.This lets your strong pelvic bonestake the force of a crash and reducesthe chance of internal injuries.

This spreads the forces of a crashover the strongest bones in yourupper body.

If necessary, pull up on the belt againto remove any slack, then check thatthe belt rests across the centre ofyour chest and over your shoulder.

If the seat belt touches or crossesyour neck, or if it crosses your arminstead of your shoulder, you need toadjust the seat belt anchor height.

The front seats have adjustable seatbelt anchors. To adjust the height ofan anchor, squeeze the two releasebuttons, and slide the anchor up ordown as needed (it has fourpositions).

CONTINUED

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety 17

Improperly positioning theseat belts can cause seriousinjury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts areproperly positioned beforedriving.

RELEASE BUTTONS

12/04/18 14:30:50 42TF2C00_022

Page 23: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This could causevery serious injuries in a crash.

Insert the latch plate into the bucklemarked CENTER.

If the belt is too short, hold the latchplate at a right angle and pull on theplate to extend the belt. Then insertthe latch plate into the buckle, andtug on the belt to make sure the beltis securely latched.

Position the belt as low as possibleacross your hips. This lets yourstrong pelvic bones take the force ofa crash and reduces the chance ofinternal injuries.

Pull on the loose end of the belt for asnug but comfortable fit.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Never place the shoulder portion of alap/shoulder belt under your arm orbehind your back.

Using the Lap Belt

18

12/04/18 14:30:57 42TF2C00_023

Page 24: Fit Hybrid English Manual

After all occupants have adjustedtheir seats and head restraints, andput on their seat belts, it is veryimportant that they continue to situpright, well back in their seats, withtheir feet on the floor, until thevehicle is safely parked and theengine is off.

Sitting improperly can increase thechance of injury during a crash. Forexample, if an occupant slouches,lies down, turns sideways, sitsforward, leans forward or sideways,or puts one or both feet up, thechance of injury during a crash isgreatly increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out ofposition in the front seat can beseriously or fatally injured in a crashby striking interior parts of thevehicle or being struck by aninflating front airbag.

If a seat belt does not seem to workas it should, it may not protect theoccupant in a crash.

Using a seatbelt that is not working properly canresult in serious injury or death.Have your dealer check the belt assoon as possible.

See page for additionalinformation about your seat beltsand how to take care of them.

22

Maintain a Proper SittingPosition

6.

Protecting Adults and Teens

No one should sit in a seat with aninoperative seat belt.

Driver and Passenger Safety 19

Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousinjury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well backin the seat, with your feet onthe floor.

12/04/18 14:31:04 42TF2C00_024

Page 25: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you are pregnant, the best way toprotect yourself and your unbornchild when driving or riding in avehicle is to always wear a seat belt,and keep the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across the hips.

When driving, remember to situpright and adjust the seat as farback as possible while allowing fullcontrol of the vehicle. When ridingas a front passenger, adjust the seatas far back as possible.

This will reduce the risk of injuriesto both you and your unborn childthat can be caused by a crash or aninflating front airbag.

Each time you have a checkup, askyour doctor if it’s okay for you todrive.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Devices intended to improveoccupant comfort or reposition theshoulder part of a seat belt canreduce the protective capability ofthe seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

We recommend that pregnantwomen use a lap/shoulder beltwhenever possible.

Advice for Pregnant Women Additional Safety Precautions

Two people should never use thesame seat belt.

Do not put any accessories on seatbelts.

Never let passengers ride in theluggage area or on top of a folded-down back seat.

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Adults and Teens

20

12/04/18 14:31:13 42TF2C00_025

Page 26: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Carrying hard or sharpobjects on your lap, or driving witha pipe or other sharp object inyour mouth, can result in injuriesif your front airbag inflates.

Objects onthe covers marked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’could interfere with the properoperation of the airbags or bepropelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone if the airbags inflate.

If yourhands or arms are close to anairbag cover, they could be injuredif the airbag inflates.

This couldresult in injuries if your sidecurtain airbags inflate.

If a side airbag or aside curtain airbag inflates, a cupholder or other hard objectattached on or near the door couldbe propelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone.

Improperly replacingor covering front seat-back coverscan prevent your side airbags frominflating during a side impact.

Do not place hard or sharp objectsbetween yourself and a frontairbag.

Do not attach or place objects onthe front airbag covers.

Keep your hands and arms awayfrom the airbag covers.

Do not put a coat hanger or hardobjects on a coat hook.

Do not attach hard objects on ornear a door.

Do not cover or replace front seat-back covers without consultingyour dealer.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety 21

12/04/18 14:31:19 42TF2C00_026

Page 27: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you turn the ignition switch to theON (II) position before your seatbelt is fastened, the beeper willsound and the indicator will flash. Ifyour seat belt is not fastened beforethe beeper stops, the indicator willstop flashing but remain on.

Your seat belt system includes lap/shoulder belts in the front seats andthe outer seating positions on therear seat, and a lap belt in the centreseating position on the rear seat.The front seat belts are alsoequipped with automatic seat belttensioners.

The seat belt systemincludes an indicator on the

instrument panel and a beeper toremind you and your passengers tofasten your seat belts.

If a front passenger does not fastentheir seat belt, the indicator willcome on about 6 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON(II) position.

If either the driver or a frontpassenger does not fasten their seatbelt while driving, the beeper willsound and the indicator will flashagain at regular intervals.

When no one is sitting in the frontpassenger’s seat, or an infant orsmall child is riding there, theindicator may not come on and thebeeper may not sound.

You will also see a symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘FASTEN SEAT BELT’’ or‘‘FASTEN PASSENGER SEATBELT’’ message on the multi-information display to remind youand your passengers to fasten yourseat belts.

This system monitors the driver’sand front passenger’s seat belts.

Seat Belt System Components

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety22

12/04/18 14:31:28 42TF2C00_027

Page 28: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To unlock the belt, push the redPRESS button on the buckle. Guidethe belt across your body so that itretracts completely. After exiting thevehicle, be sure the belt is out of theway and will not get closed in thedoor.

To fasten the belt, insert the latchplate into the buckle, then tug on thebelt to make sure the buckle islatched (see page for how toproperly position the belt).

The front passenger’s seat belt usemonitoring system uses the occupantdetection sensor in the frontpassenger’s seat. The system maynot work properly under theseconditions:

You place heavy items on the frontpassenger’s seat.

You place a cushion on the frontpassenger’s seat.

The front passenger does not sitproperly.

Have your vehicle checked by adealer if the indicator comes on orthe beeper sounds when there is nofront passenger or there are noobjects on the front seat.

The lap/shoulder belt goes overyour shoulder, across your chest,and across your hips.

All lap/shoulder belts have anemergency locking retractor.In normal driving, the retractor letsyou move freely in your seat while itkeeps some tension on the belt.During a collision or sudden stop,the retractor automatically locks thebelt to help restrain your body.

16

Lap/Shoulder Belt

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety 23

SHOULDERPORTION

BUCKLE

UPPER SEATBELT ANCHOR

LATCHPLATE

LAP PORTION

12/04/18 14:31:37 42TF2C00_028

Page 29: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The lap belt has one manually-adjusted belt that fits across the hips.

To fasten the belt, insert the latchplate into the buckle markedCENTER, then tug on the belt tomake sure the buckle is latched.To unlock the belt, push the redPRESS button.

See page for how to lengthen thelap belt, and how to properly positionthe belt.

For added protection, the front seatbelts are equipped with automaticseat belt tensioners. When activated,the tensioners immediately tightenthe belts to help hold the driver anda front passenger in position.

14

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

Lap Belt Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

24

Allowing a child to play witha seat belt or wrap onearound their neck can resultin serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to playwith any seat belt and makesure any unused seat belt achild can reach is buckled,fully retracted, and locked.

BUCKLE

LATCH PLATE

12/04/18 14:31:47 42TF2C00_029

Page 30: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If a seat belt is worn during a crash,you should have your dealer inspectthe belt, and replace it if necessary.A belt that has been worn during acrash may not provide the same levelof protection in a subsequent crash.The dealer should also inspect theanchors for damage and replacethem if needed. If the automatic seatbelt tensioners activate during acrash, they must be replaced.

For safety, you should check thecondition of your seat belts regularly.

The tensioners can also be activatedduring a collision in which the frontairbags . In this case, theairbags would not be needed, but theextra tension in the seat belt couldbe helpful.

Pull each belt out fully, and look forfrays, cuts, burns, and wear. Checkthat the latches work smoothly andthe lap/shoulder belts retract easily.If a belt does not retract easily,cleaning the belt may correct theproblem (see page ). Any beltthat is not in good condition orworking properly will not providegood protection and should bereplaced as soon as possible.

If a side curtain airbag deploysduring a side impact, the tensioneron that side of the vehicle will alsodeploy.

When the tensioners are activated,the seat belts will remain tight untilthey are unbuckled.

The SRS indicator willcome on if there is a

problem with your automatic seatbelt tensioners (see page ).31

299

It is essential to replacethe entire assembly after it has beenworn in a severe impact even if damageto the assembly is not obvious.

Care should be taken toavoid contamination of the webbing withpolishes, oils and chemicals, andparticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mild soap andwater. The belt should be replaced ifwebbing becomes frayed, contaminatedor damaged.

No modifications oradditions should be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjusted to removeslack.

do not deploy

CONTINUED

Seat Belt Maintenance

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety 25

WARNING:

WARNING:WARNING:

12/04/18 14:31:57 42TF2C00_030

Page 31: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When replacing the seat belts, makecertain to use the anchorage pointsshown in the illustrations.

(Front Seat)

(Rear Seat)

The outside positions of the rear seathave lap/shoulder belts. The centreposition has a lap belt.

Anchorage Points

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety26

Not checking or maintainingseat belts can result inserious injury or death if theseat belts do not workproperly when needed.

Check your seat beltsregularly and have anyproblem corrected as soon aspossible.

12/04/18 14:32:05 42TF2C00_031

Page 32: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your airbag system includes:

Two SRS (supplemental restraintsystem) front airbags. The driver’sairbag is stored in the centre ofthe steering wheel; the frontpassenger’s airbag is stored in thedashboard. Both are marked ‘‘SRSAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Two side curtain airbags, one foreach side of the vehicle. Theairbags are stored in the ceilingabove the side windows. The frontand rear pillars on both sides aremarked ‘‘SIDE CURTAINAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Sensors that can detect amoderate to severe front impact orside impact.

Two side airbags, one for thedriver and one for a frontpassenger. The airbags are storedin the outer edges of the seat-backs. Both are marked ‘‘SIDEAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Automatic front seat belttensioners (see page ).

A sophisticated electronic systemthat continually monitors andrecords information about thesensors, the control unit, theairbag activators, the seat belttensioners, and driver and frontpassenger seat belt use when theignition switch is in the ON (II)position.

An indicator on the instrumentpanel that alerts you to a possibleproblem with your airbags,sensors, or seat belt tensioners(see page ).

Sensors that can detect whether achild is in the passenger’s sideairbag path and signal the controlunit to turn the airbag off (seepage ).

28

29

31

24

29

31

CONTINUED

Airbag System Components

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety 27

12/04/18 14:32:14 42TF2C00_032

Page 33: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This can happen if the severity of acollision is at the margin, orthreshold, that determines whetheror not the airbags will deploy. Insuch cases, the seat belt will providesufficient protection, and thesupplemental protection offered bythe airbag would be minimal.

During a frontal crash, your seat beltrestrains your lower body and torso,while the tensioner tightens andlocks the seat belt to help keep youin place, and the front airbag helpsprotect your head and chest.

Although both airbags normallyinflate within a split second of eachother, it is possible for only oneairbag to deploy.

If you ever have a moderate tosevere frontal collision, sensors willdetect the vehicle’s rapiddeceleration.

If the rate of deceleration is highenough, the control unit will inflatethe driver’s and front passenger’sfront airbags, and activate theautomatic seat belt tensioners.

Emergency backup power in caseyour vehicle’s electrical system isdisconnected in a crash.

On models equipped with sideairbags with automatic cutoffsystem, an indicator on theinstrument panel that alerts youthat the front passenger’s sideairbag has been turned off (seepage ).32

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Front Airbags Work

28

12/04/18 14:32:22 42TF2C00_033

Page 34: Fit Hybrid English Manual

After inflating, the front airbagsimmediately deflate, so they won’tinterfere with the driver’s visibility,or the ability to steer or operateother controls.

The total time for inflation anddeflation is less than a second, sofast that most occupants are notaware that the airbags deployed untilthey see them lying in their laps.

After a crash, you may see whatlooks like smoke. This is actuallypowder from the airbag’s surface.Although the powder is not harmful,people with respiratory problemsmay experience some temporarydiscomfort. If this occurs, get out ofthe vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso. If you ever have a moderate to

severe side impact, sensors willdetect rapid acceleration and signalthe control unit to instantly inflateeither the driver’s or the passenger’sside airbag.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Side Airbags Work

29

12/04/18 14:32:28 42TF2C00_034

Page 35: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Only one airbag will deploy during aside impact. If the impact is on thepassenger’s side, the passenger’sside airbag may not deploy if there isno passenger.

To get the best protection from theside airbags, front seat occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

Your vehicle has a side airbag cutoffsystem designed primarily to protecta child riding in the front passenger’sseat.

Although Honda does not encouragechildren to ride in front, if positionsensors detect a child has leaned intothe side airbag’s deployment path,the airbag will shut off.

The side airbag may also shut off if ashort adult leans sideways, or alarger adult slouches and leanssideways into the airbag’sdeployment path.

Objects placed on the frontpassenger seat can also cause theside airbag to be shut off.

If the side airbag off indicator comeson (see page ), have thepassenger sit upright. Once thepassenger is out of the airbag’sdeployment path, the system willturn the airbag back on, and theindicator will go out.

There will be some delay betweenthe moment the passenger movesinto or out of the airbag deploymentpath and when the indicator comeson or goes off.

A front seat passenger should notuse a cushion or another object as abackrest. It may prevent the cutoffsystem from working properly.

32

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Side Airbag Cutoff System

30

12/04/18 14:32:37 42TF2C00_035

Page 36: Fit Hybrid English Manual

In a moderate to severe side impact,sensors will detect rapid accelerationand signal the control unit toinstantly inflate the side curtainairbag and activate the seat belttensioner on the driver’s or thepassenger’s side of the vehicle.

If the impact is on the passenger’sside, the passenger’s side curtainairbag will inflate even if there are nooccupants on that side of the vehicle.

One or both side curtain airbags mayinflate in a moderate to severefrontal collision which causes thefront airbags to deploy.

To get the best protection from theside curtain airbags, occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

The SRS indicator alerts you to apotential problem with your airbags,sensors, seat belt tensioners, orpassenger front airbag off system.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, this indicatorcomes on for several seconds thengoes off. This tells you the system isworking properly.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Side Curtain AirbagsWork

How the SRS IndicatorWorks

31

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

12/04/18 14:32:45 42TF2C00_036

Page 37: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the indicator comes on at anyother time, or does not come on at all,you should have the system checkedby your dealer. For example:

If the SRS indicator does not comeon after you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position.

If the indicator stays on after theengine starts.

If the indicator comes on orflashes on and off while you drive.

You will also see the symbol‘‘ ’’ with a ‘‘CHECKSYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display.

If you see any of these indications,the airbags and seat belt tensionersmay not work properly when youneed them.

This indicator alerts you that thepassenger’s side airbag has beenautomatically shut off. It doesmean there is a problem with yourside airbags.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, the indicatorshould come on for several secondsand then go off (see page ). If itdoesn’t come on, stays on, or comeson while driving without a passengerin the front seat, have the systemchecked.

72

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How the Side Airbag OffIndicator Works

not

32

Ignoring the SRS indicatorcan result in serious injury ordeath if the airbags, cutoffsystem, or tensioners do notwork properly.

Have your vehicle checked bya dealer as soon as possible ifthe SRS indicator alerts youto a possible problem.

12/04/19 14:45:23 42TF2C00_037

Page 38: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your airbag systems and automaticseat belt tensioners are virtuallymaintenance free, and there are noparts you can safely service.However, you must have yourvehicle serviced if:

Any airbagthat has deployed must bereplaced along with the controlunit and other related parts. Anyseat belt tensioner that activatesmust also be replaced.

We recommend against the use ofsalvaged airbag systemcomponents, including the airbag,tensioners, sensors, and controlunit.

Do not try to remove or replaceany airbag by yourself. This mustbe done by your dealer or aknowledgeable body shop.

Take your vehicle to anauthorized dealer as soon aspossible. If you ignore thisindication, your airbags may notoperate properly.

Handling is allowed by trainedpersonnel only. It is prohibited toremove the airbag unit/belt-tensioner from the vehicle. In case ofmalfunction, shutdown or afterairbag inflation/belt-tensioneroperation you have to ask a qualifiedshop for repair or removal.

Together, airbags andseat belts provide the bestprotection.

Tampering could causethe airbags and automatic seat belttensioners to deploy, possiblycausing very serious injury.

If water or another liquidsoaks into the seat-back, it canprevent the side airbag systemfrom working properly.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbag Service Additional Safety Precautions

An airbag ever inflates.

The SRS indicator alerts you to aproblem. Do not attempt to deactivate your

airbags.

Do not tamper with airbag andautomatic seat belt tensionercomponents or wiring for anyreason.

Do not expose the front seat-backsto liquid.

33

12/04/18 14:33:04 42TF2C00_038

Page 39: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Each year, many children are injuredor killed in vehicle crashes becausethey are either unrestrained or notproperly restrained. In fact, vehiclecollisions are the number one causeof the death of children age 12 andunder.

To reduce the number of childdeaths and injuries, infants andchildren should be properlyrestrained when they ride in avehicle.

(see pages).

Children depend on adults to protectthem. However, despite their bestintentions, many adults do not knowhow to protect childpassengers.

If you have children, or ever need todrive with a child in your vehicle, besure to read this section. It beginswith important general guidelines,then presents special information forinfants, small children, and largerchildren.

40 56

properly

Driver and Passenger Safety

All Children Must Be Restrained

Infants and small children must berestrained in an approved childrestraint system that is properlysecured to the vehicle

Protecting Children General Guidelines

34

12/04/18 14:33:11 42TF2C00_039

Page 40: Fit Hybrid English Manual

According to crash statistics,children of all ages and sizes aresafer when they are restrained in aback seat. It is recommended that allchildren age 12 and under beproperly restrained in a back seat.

Children who ride in back are lesslikely to be injured by strikinginterior vehicle parts during acollision or hard braking. Also,children cannot be injured by aninflating airbag when they ride in theback.

We recommend that child restraintsystems meet the specifications ofthe ECE 44 regulation.

(see pages ).

In many countries, the law requireschildren younger than 12 years ofage and less than 150 cm in height tobe secured in an officially approvedand suitable child restraint system.In those countries, officiallyapproved and suitable child restraintsystems must therefore be used inorder to transport a child on anypassenger seat whatsoever. Pleasecheck your local legal requirements.

57 60

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

All Children Should Sit in a BackSeat

Larger children must be restrainedwith a lap/shoulder belt and ride ona booster seat until the seat belt f itsthem properly

35

Children who areunrestrained or improperlyrestrained can be seriouslyinjured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seatbelt should be properlyrestrained in an approvedchild restraint system. Alarger child should beproperly restrained with aseat belt and use a boosterseat if necessary.

12/04/18 14:33:18 42TF2C00_040

Page 41: Fit Hybrid English Manual

As required by E.C.E Regulation No. 94; If the passenger’s front airbaginflates, it can hit the rearwardfacing child restraint system withgreat force. The rearward facingchild restraint system can bedislodged or struck with enoughforce to cause very serious injury tothe infant.

Front airbags have been designed tohelp protect adults in a moderate tosevere frontal collision. To do this,the passenger’s front airbag is quitelarge, and it can inflate with enoughforce to cause very serious injuries.

If the airbag inflates, itcan hit the back of the child restraintsystem with enough force to kill orvery seriously injure an infant.

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Children General Guidelines

The Passenger’s Front AirbagPoses Serious Risks

InfantsNever put a rearward facing childrestraint system in the front seat of avehicle equipped with a passenger’sfront airbag.

36

Do not use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seatprotected by an airbag infront of it.

12/04/18 14:33:25 42TF2C00_041

Page 42: Fit Hybrid English Manual

In all cases observe the legalrequirements of the countries inwhich you will drive.

To remind you of the passenger’sfront airbag hazards, your vehiclehas a warning label on thepassenger’s sun visor. Please readand follow the instructions on thislabel.

If thevehicle seat is too far forward, or thechild’s head is thrown forwardduring a collision, an inflating frontairbag can strike the child withenough force to kill or very seriouslyinjure a small child.

Wheneverpossible, larger children should sit inthe back seat, on a booster seat ifneeded, and be properly restrainedwith a seat belt (see page forimportant information aboutprotecting larger children).

57

As required by E.C.E Regulation No. 94;

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

Small ChildrenPlacing a front facing child restraintsystem in the front seat of a vehicleequipped with a passenger’s frontairbag can be hazardous.

Children who have outgrown childrestraint systems are also at risk ofbeing injured or killed by an inflatingpassenger’s front airbag.

Larger Children

37

DO NOT place rear-facingchild seat on this seat withairbag.

DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURYcan occur.

12/04/18 14:33:33 42TF2C00_042

Page 43: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle has a back seat wherechildren can be properly restrained.If you ever have to carry a group ofchildren, and a child must ride infront:

Place the largest child in the frontseat, provided the child is largeenough to wear the lap/shoulderbelt properly (see page ).

Move the vehicle seat as far to therear as possible (see page ).

Have the child sit upright and wellback in the seat (see page ).

Make sure the seat belt is properlypositioned and secured (see page

).

To help prevent injury by an inflatingside airbag, your vehicle has anautomatic cutoff system for thepassenger’s side airbag. Even if withthis system, Honda does notencourage children to ride in thefront. To get the best protectionfrom the side airbag, children shouldbe properly restrained with their seatbelts, and sit upright and well back intheir seats. See page for furtherinformation on the passenger’s sideairbag automatic cutoff system.

To remind you of the side airbagshazards, your vehicle also has thesafety label on each front doorjamb.

2957

14

19

16

If You Must Drive with SeveralChildren

The Side Airbag Poses SeriousRisks

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety38

12/04/18 14:33:42 42TF2C00_043

Page 44: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Leaving children withoutadult supervision is illegal in somecountries, and can be veryhazardous.

If you are not wearing aseat belt in a crash, you could bethrown forward and crush thechild against the dashboard or aseat-back. If you are wearing aseat belt, the child can be tornfrom your arms and be seriouslyhurt or killed.

During a crash, thebelt could press deep into the childand cause serious or fatal injuries.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Many parents say they prefer to putan infant or a small child in the frontpassenger seat so they can watch thechild, or because the child requiresattention.

If a child requires close physicalattention or frequent visual contact,we strongly recommend that anotheradult ride with the child in the backseat. The back seat is far safer for achild than the front.

Placing a child in the front seatexposes the child to hazards in afrontal collision or a side impact, andpaying close attention to a childdistracts the driver from theimportant tasks of driving, placingboth of you at risk.

For example, infants and smallchildren left in a vehicle on a hotday can die from heatstroke. Achild left alone with the key in theignition switch can accidentally setthe vehicle in motion, possiblyinjuring themselves or others.

This can preventchildren from accidentally fallingout (see page ).

Children who play in vehicles canaccidentally get trapped inside.Teach your children not to play inor around vehicles.

135

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

Do not leave children alone in avehicle.Never hold an infant or child on

your lap.

Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child.

Never let two children use thesame seat belt.

Use the childproof door locks toprevent children from opening therear doors.

Lock all doors and the tailgatewhen your vehicle is not in use.

Additional Safety PrecautionsIf a Child Requires CloseAttention

39

12/04/18 14:33:52 42TF2C00_044

Page 45: Fit Hybrid English Manual

An infant must be properlyrestrained in a rear-facing, recliningchild restraint system until the childreaches the restraint system maker’sweight or height limit for therestraint system, and the child is atleast one year old.

‘‘Never let children kneel on seats orstand while the vehicle is in motion.The violent forces created duringemergency braking will cause thechildren to be thrown forward. Thechildren could be seriously injured orkilled.’’

Even very youngchildren learn how to unlockvehicle doors, turn on the ignitionswitch, and open the tailgate,which can lead to accidental injuryor death.

Use the main powerwindow switch to prevent childrenfrom opening the windows. Using thisfeature will prevent children fromplaying with the windows, whichcould expose them to hazards ordistract the driver (see page ).

Always take the ignitionkey with you whenever you leave thevehicle alone (with other occupants).

153

Protecting Infants

Child Restraint System Type

Keep vehicle keys/remotetransmitters out of the reach ofchildren.

Protecting Children General Guidelines, Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety40

WARNING:

WARNING:

12/04/18 14:33:59 42TF2C00_045

Page 46: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

When properly installed, a rearwardfacing child restraint system mayprevent the driver or a frontpassenger from moving their seat asfar back as recommended, or fromlocking their seat-back in the desiredposition.

In either situation, we stronglyrecommend that you install the childrestraint system directly behind thefront passenger seat, move the seatas far forward as needed, and leave itunoccupied. Or you may wish to geta smaller rearward facing childrestraint system.

A rearward facing child restraintsystem can be placed in any seatingposition in the back seat, but not inthe front.

If the passenger’s front airbaginflates, it can hit the back of therestraint with enough force to kill orseriously injure an infant.

Only a rearward facing childrestraint system provides propersupport for a baby’s head, neck andback.

Two types of restraints may be used:a restraint system designedexclusively for infants, or aconvertible restraint system used inthe rearward facing, reclining mode.

If placed facing forward, aninfant could be very seriously injuredduring a frontal collision.

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Rearward Facing Child RestraintSystem Placement

Never put a rearwardfacing child restraint system in thefront seat.

Do not put a rearward facing childrestraint system in a forward-facingposition.

41

12/04/18 14:34:07 42TF2C00_046

Page 47: Fit Hybrid English Manual

A child who is at least one year old,and who fits within the childrestraint system maker’s weight andheight limits, should be restrained ina front facing, upright child restraintsystem.

Of the different restraint systemsavailable, we recommend those thathave a five-point harness system asshown.

If the passenger’s front airbaginflates, it can hit the rearwardfacing child restraint system withgreat force. The rearward facingchild restraint system can bedislodged or struck with enoughforce to cause very serious injury tothe infant.

As required by E.C.E Regulation No. 94; Protecting Small Children

Child Restraint System Type

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety42

Do not use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seatprotected by an airbag infront of it.

Placing a rearward facingchild restraint system in thefront seat can result inserious injury or death if thepassenger’s front airbaginflates.

Always place a rearwardfacing child restraint systemin the back seat, not the front.

12/04/18 14:34:15 42TF2C00_047

Page 48: Fit Hybrid English Manual

We strongly recommend placing afront facing child restraint system ina back seat, not the front.

If the vehicle seatis too far forward, or the child’s headis thrown forward during a collision,an inflating airbag can strike thechild with enough force to causevery serious or fatal injuries.

If it is necessary to put a front facingchild restraint system in the front,move the vehicle seat as far to therear as possible, and be sure thechild restraint system is firmlysecured to the vehicle and the childis properly strapped in the restraintsystem.

We also recommend that a smallchild uses the child restraint systemas long as possible, until the childreaches the weight or height limitfor the restraint system.

Child Restraint System Placement

Placing a front facing child restraintsystem in the front seat of a vehicleequipped with a passenger’s airbagcan be hazardous.

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety 43

Placing a front facing childrestraint system in the frontseat can result in seriousinjury or death if the frontairbag inflates.

If you must place a frontfacing child restraint systemin front, move the vehicleseat as far back as possible,and properly restrain thechild.

12/04/18 14:34:21 42TF2C00_048

Page 49: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Most child restraint systems areLATCH-compatible (Lower Anchorsand Tethers for CHildren). Somehave a rigid-type connector, whileothers have a flexible-type connector.Both are equally easy to use. Someexisting and previously owned childrestraint systems can only beinstalled using the seat belt.Whichever type you choose, followthe child restraint systemmanufacturer’s use and careinstructions as well as theinstructions in this manual. Properinstallation is key to maximizing yourchild’s safety.

In seating positions and vehicles notequipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child restraint systemcan be installed using the seat beltand a top tether for added security.This is because all child restraintsystems are required to be designedso that they can be secured with alap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

In addition, the child restraintsystem manufacturer may advisethat a seat belt be used to attach aLATCH-compatible seat once a childreaches a specified weight. Pleaseread the child restraint systemowner’s manual for properinstallation instructions.

Make sure the child restraint systemmeets the following tworequirements:

The child restraint system is thecorrect type and size for the child.The child restraint system is thecorrect type for the seatingposition.

Selecting a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety

Important considerations whenselecting a child restraint system

44

12/04/18 14:34:28 42TF2C00_049

Page 50: Fit Hybrid English Manual

A child restraint system securedwith a seat belt should be installed asfirmly as possible. However, it doesnot need to be ‘‘rock solid.’’ Someside-to-side movement can beexpected and should not reduce thechild restraint system’s effectiveness.

Afterinstalling a child restraint system,push and pull the restraint systemforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure.

If the child restraint system is notsecure, try installing it in a differentseating position, or use a differentstyle of child restraint system thatcan be firmly secured.

After selecting a proper childrestraint system and a good place toinstall the restraint system, there arethree main steps in installing therestraint system:

Make sure thechild is properly strapped in thechild restraint system according tothe child restraint system maker’sinstructions. A child who is notproperly secured in a childrestraint system can be seriouslyinjured in a crash.

All childrestraint systems must be securedto the vehicle with the lap belt orthe lap part of a lap/shoulder beltor with the lower anchoragessystem. A child whose restraintsystem is not properly secured tothe vehicle can be endangered in acrash.

If you use a lap/shoulder belt, besure you install a locking clip on theseat belt (see page ).

The following pages provideguidelines on how to properly installa child restraint system. A frontfacing child restraint system is usedin all examples, but the instructionsare the same for a rearward facingchild restraint system.

54

CONTINUED

Make sure the child restraintsystem is firmly secured.

Secure the child in the childrestraint system.

Properly secure the child restraintsystem to the vehicle.

1.

3.2.

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety 45

12/04/18 14:34:37 42TF2C00_050

Page 51: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle is equipped with loweranchorages at the outer rear seats.

These anchorages are locatedbetween the seat-back and seatbottom, and are to be used only witha child restraint system designed foruse with the lower anchorages.

The location of each loweranchorage is indicated by a smallbutton above the anchorage point.

You can find a lower anchorage inthe slit on the seat-back.

Your vehicle is equipped with loweranchorages at the outer seatingpositions on the rear seat. Theseanchorages are only to be used witha child restraint system designed tobe attached to the lower anchorages.Refer to page for how to install achild restraint system to the loweranchorages.

46

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child RestraintSystem with the LowerAnchorages

46

The use of any child restraintsystem which is not suitablefor your vehicles would notproperly secure the infant orchild who could therefore bekilled or seriously injured.

12/04/18 14:34:44 42TF2C00_051

Page 52: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To install a child restraint systemdesigned to be attached to the loweranchorages in either of the rearouter seats:

Move the seat belt buckle ortongue away from the loweranchorages.

Make sure there are no objectsnear the anchorages that couldprevent a secure connectionbetween the child restraint systemand the anchorages.

You may use optional guide-cupsthat came with your child restraintsystem to install it to the loweranchorages without damaging theseat surface.

Attach the guide-cups to the loweranchorages as shown in theillustration.

When using the guide-cups,always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’sinstructions.

1.

2.

3. On some child restraint systems

CONTINUED

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety 47

LOWER ANCHORAGESBUTTON

LOWER ANCHORAGE

GUIDE-CUP

12/04/18 14:34:53 42TF2C00_052

Page 53: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Some child restraint systemsdesigned for use with loweranchorages have a rigid-typeconnector as shown above.

Other child restraints have aflexible-type connector as shownabove.

Place the child restraint system onthe vehicle seat, then attach thechild restraint system to the loweranchorages according to the childrestraint system maker’sinstructions.

Whatever type you have, followthe child restraint system maker’sinstructions for adjusting ortightening the fit.

Flexible type child restraintsystem is available in somecountries.

Set the head restraint to its lowestposition.

4.

5.

6.

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety48

Rigid type Flexible type

12/04/18 14:35:00 42TF2C00_053

Page 54: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The design and suitability of thechild restraint systems must becarefully checked with the childrestraint system manufacturerconcerned and the seller of thosesystems. If you are not sure, consultyour dealer before purchasing thistype of child restraint system.

Route the tether strap over thehead restraint, then attach theattaching clip to the tether anchorfitting in the ceiling as shown inthe illustration. Make sure thestrap is not twisted, then tightenthe strap according to the childrestraint system maker’sinstructions.

Push and pull the child restraintsystem forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is secure.

On some child restraint types,route the tether strap as shown.

7.

8.

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety 49

ANCHOR FITTING

ATTACHING CLIP

ANCHOR FITTING

ATTACHING CLIP

12/04/18 14:35:06 42TF2C00_054

Page 55: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Place the child restraint system inthe desired back seating position.Make sure the child restraint ispositioned well back in the seat-back.

The procedures in the followingpages are described based on a frontfacing child restraint system.When not using the lower

anchorages system, all childrestraint systems must be secured tothe vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

To properly route a lap/shoulder beltthrough a child restraint system,follow the restraint system maker’sinstructions.

1.

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child RestraintSystem with a Lap/Shoulder Belt

50

12/04/18 14:35:12 42TF2C00_055

Page 56: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Route the belt through therestraint according to the restraintsystem maker’s instructions, theninsert the latch plate into thebuckle and remove any slack fromthe lap portion of the belt.

Push down the tab. Route theshoulder part of the belt into theslit at the side of the restraint.

Grab the shoulder part of the beltnear the buckle, and pull up toremove any slack from the lap partof the belt. Remember, if the lappart of the belt is not tight, thechild restraint system will not besecure.

To remove slack, put weight onthe child restraint system, or pushon the back of the restraint systemwhile pulling up on the belt.

2. 3. 4.

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety 51

TAB

12/04/18 14:35:19 42TF2C00_056

Page 57: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Secure the belt in the slit bypushing up the tab. Make sure thebelt is not twisted and it ispositioned properly in the slit.

When pushing up the tab, makesure to pull up the upper shoulderpart of the lap/shoulder belt toremove any slack from the belt.

Push and pull the child restraintsystem forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is secureenough to stay upright duringnormal driving manoeuvres.

To remove a child restraint system,unlatch the buckle, unroute the seatbelt, and let the belt fully retract.

When you secure a child restraintsystem with a lap/shoulder belt, besure you install a locking clip on theseat belt (see page ).

5. 6.

54

On vehicles without lockable retractorfitted to the seat where the child ispositioned

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety52

TAB

LOCKING CLIP

12/04/18 14:35:27 42TF2C00_057

Page 58: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To install a child restraint system inthe centre back seat with the lap belt,route the belt through the restraintaccording to the restraint systemmaker’s instructions, then insert thelatch plate into the buckle.

Pull hard on the loose end of the beltto remove any slack; it may help toput weight on the child restraintsystem while pulling on the belt.

Finally, push and pull the restraintforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure enough to stayupright during normal drivingmanoeuvres. If the restraint is notsecure, unlatch the belt and repeatthese steps.

Installing a Child RestraintSystem with a Lap Belt

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety 53

12/04/18 14:35:32 42TF2C00_058

Page 59: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To install a locking clip, do thefollowing:

Place the child restraint in the seatwith a lap/shoulder belt. Route thelap/shoulder belt through therestraint according to the seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

Insert the latch plate into thebuckle. Pull on the shoulder partof the belt to make sure there isno slack in the lap portion.

Tightly grasp the belt near thelatch plate. Pinch both parts of thebelt together so they won’t slipthrough the latch plate. Unbucklethe seat belt.

Install the locking clip as shown.Position the clip as close aspossible to the latch plate.

Insert the latch plate into thebuckle. Push and pull on the childrestraint system to verify that it isheld firmly in place. If it is not,repeat these steps until therestraint is secure.

Always use a seat belt locking clipwhen you secure a child restraintsystem to your vehicle with a lap/shoulder belt. This helps prevent therestraint system from shiftingposition or overturning.

A locking clip is usually includedwith the child restraint system. Ifyou need a clip, contact the seat’smanufacturer or a store that sellschild restraints.

If it is necessary to put a front facingchild restraint system in the front,move the vehicle seat as far to therear as possible, be sure the childrestraint system is firmly secured tothe vehicle, and the child is properlystrapped in the restraint system (seepage ).

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

43

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety

Using a Seat Belt Locking Clip

54

LOCKING CLIP

12/04/18 14:35:42 42TF2C00_059

Page 60: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Children riding in vehicles should berestrained to minimize the risk ofinjury in the event of an accident.

A child restraint system with a tethercan be installed in either outerseating position in the back seat,using either of the anchor pointsshown in the illustration.

Since a tether can provide additionalsecurity to the lap/shoulder beltinstallation, we recommend using atether whenever one is required oravailable. (The owners may checkwith the child restraint systemmaker to determine whether a tetheris available for a particular childrestraint system.)

Set the head restraint to its lowestposition.

After properly securing the childrestraint system (see page ),open the anchor cover.

1.

2.50

CONTINUED

Installing a Child RestraintSystem with a Tether

Using an Anchor Fitting

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety 55

COVER

ANCHOR FITTING

TETHER ANCHOR POINTS

12/04/18 14:35:51 42TF2C00_060

Page 61: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To attach the tether to the childrestraint system, follow the childrestraint system maker’s instructions.

When the child restraint system isused, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint system.

Attach the attaching clip to theanchor fitting, making sure thestrap is not twisted.

On some child restraint types,route the tether strap as shown.

Tighten the strap according to thechild restraint system maker’sinstructions.

3.

4.

Child restraint anchoragesare designed to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts,harnesses or for attaching other itemsor equipment to the vehicle.

Installing a Child Restraint System

Driver and Passenger Safety56

WARNING:

ATTACHING CLIP

ANCHOR FITTINGANCHOR FITTING

ATTACHING CLIP

12/04/18 14:35:58 42TF2C00_061

Page 62: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When a child reaches therecommended weight or height limitfor a front facing child restraintsystem, the child should sit in theback seat on a booster and wear alap/shoulder belt. The lap/shoulderbelt provides better protection thanthe lap belt.

The following pages giveinstructions on how to check properseat belt fit, what kind of boosterseat to use if one is needed, andimportant precautions for a childwho must sit in front.

Your vehicle has an automatic cutoffsystem for the passenger’s sideairbag if a child leans sideways andthe child’s head is in the deploymentpath of the side airbag. Even if withthis system, Honda does notencourage children to ride in thefront.

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety 57

Allowing a child age 12 orunder to sit in front can resultin injury or death if thepassenger’s front airbaginflates.

If a child must ride in front,move the vehicle seat as farback as possible, use abooster seat if needed, havethe child sit up properly andwear the seat belt properly.

Make sure the seat-backs arelatched securely beforedriving.

12/04/18 14:36:04 42TF2C00_062

Page 63: Fit Hybrid English Manual

A child who has outgrown a frontfacing child restraint system shouldride in a back seat and use a boosterseat until the lap/shoulder belt fitsthem properly without the booster.

Does the shoulder belt crossbetween the child’s neck and arm?

Is the lap part of the belt as low aspossible, touching the child’sthighs?

Will the child be able to stayseated like this for the whole trip?

If you answer yes to all thesequestions, the child is ready to wearthe lap/shoulder belt correctly. Ifyou answer no to any question, thechild needs to ride on a booster seat.To determine if a lap/shoulder belt

properly fits a child, have the childput on the seat belt, then askyourself:

Does the child sit all the way backagainst the seat?

Do the child’s knees bendcomfortably over the edge of theseat?

3.

4.

5.

1.

2.

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Using a Booster SeatChecking Seat Belt Fit

58

12/04/18 14:36:14 42TF2C00_063

Page 64: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

It is recommended that all childrenage 12 and under be properlyrestrained in the back seat.

The back seat is the safest place fora child of any age or size.

If the passenger’s front airbaginflates in a moderate to severefrontal collision, the airbag can causeserious injuries to a child who isunrestrained, improperly restrained,sitting too close to the airbag, or outof position.

A side airbag also poses risks. If anypart of a larger child’s body is in thepath of a deploying side airbag, thechild could receive possibly seriousinjuries.

A back-rest may be available for aspecific booster seat. Install theback-rest to the booster seat andadjust it to the vehicle seat accordingto the booster seat maker’sinstructions. Make sure the seat beltis properly routed through the guideat the shoulder of the back-rest andthe belt does not touch and cross thechild’s neck (see page ).

Booster seats can be high-back orlow-back. Whichever style you select,make sure the booster seat meetsapproved safety standards (see page

) and that you follow the boosterseat maker’s instructions.

A child may continue using a boosterseat until the tops of their ears areeven with the top of the vehicle’s orbooster’s seat-back. A child of thisheight should be tall enough to usethe lap/shoulder belt without abooster seat.

If a child who uses a booster seatmust ride in front, move the vehicleseat as far back as possible and besure the child is wearing the seatbelt properly.

44

16

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

When Can a Larger Child Sit inFront

59

GUIDE

12/04/18 14:36:23 42TF2C00_064

Page 65: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This could resultin serious neck injuries during acrash.

This couldcause very serious injuries duringa crash. It also increases thechance that the child will slideunder the belt in a crash and beinjured.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Devices intended toimprove a child’s comfort orreposition the shoulder part of aseat belt can make the belt lesseffective and increase the chanceof serious injury in a crash.

If you decide that a child can safelyride up front, be sure to:

Carefully read the owner’s manual,and make sure you understand allseat belt instructions and all safetyinformation.

Move the vehicle seat to the rear-most position.

Have the child sit up straight, backagainst the seat, and feet on ornear the floor.

Check that the child’s seat belt isproperly and securely positioned.

Remind the child not to leantoward the door.

Supervise the child. Even a maturechild sometimes needs to bereminded to fasten the seat belt orsit properly.

Of course, children vary widely. Andwhile age may be one indicator ofwhen a child can safely ride in front,there are other important factors youshould consider.

Physically, a child must be largeenough for the lap/shoulder belt toproperly fit (see pages and ). Ifthe seat belt does not fit properly,with or without the child sitting on abooster seat, the child should not sitin front.

To safely ride in front, a child mustbe able to follow the rules, includingsitting properly, and wearing the seatbelt properly throughout a ride.

16 57

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Do not let a child wear a seat beltacross the neck.

Do not let a child put the shoulderpart of a seat belt behind the backor under the arm.

Two children should never use thesame seat belt.

Do not put any accessories on aseat belt.

Physical Size

Maturity

Additional Safety Precautions

60

12/04/18 14:36:36 42TF2C00_065

Page 66: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle’s exhaust containscarbon monoxide gas. Carbonmonoxide should not enter thevehicle in normal driving if youmaintain your vehicle properly andfollow the information on this page.

Have the exhaust system inspectedfor leaks whenever:

The vehicle is raised for an oilchange.

High levels of carbon monoxide cancollect rapidly in enclosed areas,such as a garage. Do not run theengine with the garage door closed.Even with the door open, run theengine only long enough to move thevehicle out of the garage.

The vehicle was in a crash thatmay have damaged the underside.

You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust.

With the tailgate open, airflow canpull exhaust gas into your vehicle’sinterior and create a hazardouscondition. If you must drive with thetailgate open, open all the windows,and set the climate control system asshown below.

If you must sit in your parked vehiclewith the engine running, even in anunconfined area, adjust the climatecontrol system as follows:

Select the fresh air mode.Select the mode.Turn the fan on high speed.Set the temperature control to acomfortable setting.

1.2.3.4.

Carbon Monoxide Hazard

Driver and Passenger Safety 61

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.Breathing it can causeunconsciousness and evenkill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas oractivities that expose you tocarbon monoxide.

12/04/18 14:36:45 42TF2C00_066

Page 67: Fit Hybrid English Manual

These labels are in the locationsshown. They warn you of potentialhazards that could cause seriousinjury. Read these labels carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hardto read, contact your dealer for areplacement.

Safety Labels

Driver and Passenger Safety62

BBAATTTTEERRYY DDAANNGGEERR LLAABBEELL

RRAADDIIAATTOORR CCAAPP DDAANNGGEERR LLAABBEELL

SSIIDDEE AAIIRRBBAAGG

SSRRSS AAIIRRBBAAGG

12/04/18 14:36:50 42TF2C00_067

Page 68: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The label shown below is attached toeach front doorjamb.

Safety Labels

Driver and Passenger Safety 63

12/04/18 14:36:54 42TF2C00_068

Page 69: Fit Hybrid English Manual

64

12/04/18 14:36:57 42TF2C00_069

Page 70: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This section gives information aboutthe controls and displays thatcontribute to the daily operation ofyour vehicle. All the essentialcontrols are within easy reach.

...........................Control Locations . 66

............................Instrument Panel . 67..........Instrument Panel Indicators . 70

.............................................Gauges . 77..Speedometer/Ambient Meter . 78

.................................Tachometer . 78..................................Fuel Gauge . 78

................Charge/Assist Gauge . 79.............Multi-Information Display . 80

Controls Near the Steering.........................................Wheel . 120

Windscreen Wipers and.....................................Washers . 121

.......Turn Signals and Headlights . 123..........Front and Rear Fog Lights . 124

......Instrument Panel Brightness . 125...............Hazard Warning Button . 126...............Rear Window Demister . 126

.......................Headlight Adjuster . 127................................ECON Button . 128

......Steering Wheel Adjustments . 129.............................Keys and Locks . 130

......................Immobilizer System . 131..............................Ignition Switch . 133

....................................Door Locks . 134....................Power Door Locks . 134

............Childproof Door Locks . 135

.....................Remote Transmitter . 136..........................................Tailgate . 141

...............................................Seats . 144...........Front Seat Adjustments . 144

Driver’s Seat Height............................Adjustment . 145

....................................Armrests . 145........................Head Restraints . 146

........Folding the Rear Seat Up . 149.Folding the Rear Seats Down . 150

....................Luggage Area Cover . 152............................Power Windows . 153

........................................Sunshade . 155...........................................Mirrors . 157

...............................Parking Brake . 159.........Interior Convenience Items . 160

..................................Glove Box . 161......................Upper Glove Box . 161.....................Beverage Holders . 162....................Front Console Box . 164

.........................Seat Under Box . 164...................................Sun Visor . 164

............................Vanity Mirror . 165..................................Coat Hook . 165

.........Accessory Power Socket . 165...............................Interior Lights . 166

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and Controls 65

12/04/18 14:37:01 42TF2C00_070

Page 71: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Control Locations

Instruments and Controls66

BONNET RELEASEHANDLE

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

DOOR LOCK TAB

MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAYINSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS

GAUGES

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (CVT)

SUNSHADE SWITCH

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

AUDIO SYSTEM

CLOCK

CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM

(P.68)

(P.77)

(P.153)

(P.198)

(P.80) (P.155)

(P.126)

(P.177)

(P.192)

(P.170)

(P.219)

(P.134)

12/04/18 14:37:07 42TF2C00_071

Page 72: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Since the indicators vary between models, some indicators are not on your vehicle.

Instrument Panel

Instruments and Controls 67

MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY

IMA SYSTEM INDICATOR

LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATORLOW TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS) INDICATOR

DOOR AND TAILGATEOPEN INDICATOR

LOW FUEL INDICATOR

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKESYSTEM INDICATOR (RED)

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) INDICATOR

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (EPS) INDICATOR

BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR (AMBER)

SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

REAR FOG LIGHT INDICATOR

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

ECON MODE INDICATOR

SEAT BELT REMINDERINDICATOR

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP

AUTO IDLE STOP INDICATOR

12 VOLT BATTERY CHARGINGSYSTEM INDICATOR

LIGHTS ON INDICATOR

SIDE AIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM INDICATOR

(P.71)

(P.74)

(P.73)

FRONT FOG LIGHT INDICATOR (P.73)

(P.76)

(P.76, 128, 212)

(P.68)

(P.68, 316)

(P.231)

(P.69, 315)

(P.72)

(P.69, 314)

(P.71)

(P.73)

(P.70)

HIGH TEMPERATURE INDICATOR(P.75)

(P.75)

(P.74)

(P.32, 71)

(P.31, 71)

(P.69)

(P.75)

(P.70, 317)

(P.80)

(P.69)

12/04/18 14:37:17 42TF2C00_072

Page 73: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The instrument panel has manyindicators to give you importantinformation about your vehicle.

See page .

If you turn the ignition switch to theON (II) position before fasteningyour seat belt, the beeper soundsand the indicator flashes. If you donot fasten your seat belt before thebeeper stops, the indicator stopsflashing but remains on.

If a front passenger does not fastentheir seat belt, the indicator willcome on about 6 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON(II) position.

If either the driver or a frontpassenger does not fasten their seatbelt while driving, the beeper willsound and the indicator will flashagain at regular intervals. For moreinformation, see page .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘FASTEN SEAT BELT’’ or‘‘FASTEN PASSENGER SEATBELT’’ message on the multi-information display to remind youand your passengers to fasten yourseat belts.

The seat belt system also monitorsthe front passenger seat belt.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. It reminds you and yourpassengers to fasten your seat belts.A beeper also sounds if you have notfastened your seat belt.

316

22

Malfunction IndicatorLamp

Seat Belt ReminderIndicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls68

12/04/18 14:37:27 42TF2C00_073

Page 74: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator comes on if any dooror the tailgate is not closed tightly.

You will also see the symbol on themulti-information display to indicatewhich door and/or the tailgate is notclosed tightly (see page ).

This indicator comes on briefly whenyou turn the ignition switch to theON (II) position. It will go off if youhave inserted a properly codedignition key. If it is not a properlycoded key, the indicator will blinkand the engine’s fuel system will bedisabled (see page ).

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.The engine can be severely damaged

if this indicator flashes or stays onwhen the engine is running. Formore information, see page .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with an ‘‘OIL PRESSURE LOW’’message on the multi-informationdisplay.

If this indicator comes on when theengine is running, the battery is notbeing charged. For more information,see page .

314

315

13

131

Door and Tailgate OpenIndicator

Immobilizer SystemIndicator

Low Oil PressureIndicator

12 Volt Battery ChargingSystem Indicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls 69

12/04/18 14:37:38 42TF2C00_074

Page 75: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If it remains lit after you fullyrelease the parking brake whilethe engine is running, or if itcomes on while driving, therecould be a problem with the brakesystem. For more information, seepage .

This indicator has two functions:

It comes on when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. It is a reminder to checkthe parking brake. A beepersounds if you drive with theparking brake not fully released.Driving with the parking brake notfully released can damage thebrakes and tyres.

You will also see the symbol‘‘ ’’ with a ‘‘RELEASEPARKING BRAKE’’ message onthe multi-information display.

You will also see the symbol‘‘ ’’ (for the brake fluid level)/‘‘ ’’ (for the brake system)with a ‘‘BRAKE FLUID LOW’’ or‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position, and START (III) position.When the brake system indicator(amber) comes on and stays on,there is a problem with the CreepAid System or Brake Assist (thenormal brake operates properly).Have your vehicle checked by yourdealer. For more information, seepage .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display (seepage ).

1.

2.

317

317232

92

Parking Brake andBrake System Indicator(Red)

Brake System Indicator(Amber)

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls70

12/04/18 14:37:48 42TF2C00_075

Page 76: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator comes on when thereis a system message on the multi-information display. Press the INFObutton on the steering wheel to seethe message (see page ).

Most of the time, this indicatorcomes on along with other indicatorsin the instrument panel such as theseat belt reminder indicator, SRSindicator, VSA system indicator, etc.

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. If it comes on at any othertime, there is a problem with theABS. If this happens, have yourvehicle checked at a dealer. Withthis indicator on, your vehicle stillhas normal braking ability but noanti-lock function. For moreinformation, see page .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display (seepage ).

This indicator comes on for severalseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. If itcomes on at any other time, itindicates a potential problem withyour front airbags. This indicator willalso alert you to a potential problemwith your side airbags, passenger’sside airbag cutoff system, automaticseat belt tensioners, or side curtainairbags. For more information, seepage .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

234

234

81

31

Supplemental RestraintSystem Indicator

System MessageIndicator

Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Indicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls 71

12/04/18 14:37:58 42TF2C00_076

Page 77: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. If it comes on at any othertime, it indicates a problem in theintegrated motor assist (IMA)system. With the IMA indicator on,the vehicle may not accelerate as itnormally does. Have the vehiclechecked by the dealer as soon aspossible.

See page .This indicator comes on for severalseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. If itcomes on at any other time, itindicates that the passenger’s sideairbag has automatically shut off.For more information, see page .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

32

231

IMA System Indicator Auto Idle Stop IndicatorSide Airbag Off Indicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls72

12/04/18 14:38:07 42TF2C00_077

Page 78: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you turn the steering wheel to thefull left or right position repeatedlywhile stopping or driving at very lowspeed, you may feel slightly hardersteering in order to prevent damageto the steering system caused byoverheating. This may also happen ifyou hold the steering wheel on thefull left or right position for a while.

This indicator normally comes onwhen you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position and goes offafter the engine starts. If it comes onat any other time, there is a problemin the electric power steering system.

If this happens, stop the vehicle in asafe place and turn off the engine.Reset the system by restarting theengine. The indicator will stay on,but should go off after driving ashort distance. If it does not go off,or comes back on again while driving,take the vehicle to your dealer tohave it checked. With the indicatoron, the EPS may be turned off,making the vehicle harder to steer.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

This indicator comes on when youturn on the front fog lights. See page

for information on operating thefront fog lights.

This indicator comes on when youturn on the rear fog light. See page

for information on operating therear fog light.124

124

Electric Power Steering(EPS) Indicator

Rear Fog Light Indicator

Front Fog LightIndicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls 73

12/04/18 14:38:17 42TF2C00_078

Page 79: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator comes on with thehigh beam headlights. For moreinformation, see page .

When you press the hazard warningbutton, both turn signal indicatorsand all turn signals on the outside ofthe vehicle will flash.

This indicator reminds you that theexterior lights are on. It comes onwhen the light switch is in either the

or position. If you turn theignition switch to the ACCESSORY(I) or the LOCK (0) position withoutturning off the light switch, thisindicator will remain on. A reminderchime will also sound when you openthe driver’s door without the key inthe ignition switch.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘HEADLIGHTS ON’’ messageon the multi-information display (seepage ).

The left or right turn signal indicatorblinks when you signal a lane changeor turn. If an indicator does not blinkor blinks rapidly, it usually meansone of the turn signal bulbs isburned out (see pages and ).Replace the bulb as soon as possible,since other drivers cannot see thatyou are signaling.

267

123

123

268

Instruments and Controls

High Beam IndicatorTurn Signal andHazard WarningIndicators

Lights On Indicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

74

12/04/18 14:38:25 42TF2C00_079

Page 80: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator shows thetemperature of the engine coolant. Itnormally comes on when you turnthe ignition switch to the ON (II)position and goes off after a fewseconds. In normal drivingconditions, this indicator should notblink or stay on. In severe drivingconditions, such as very hot weatheror a long period of uphill driving, thisindicator may blink. This means theengine coolant temperature is high.If the indicator begins to blink whileyou are driving, be sure to slow downto prevent overheating. If theindicator stays on, pull safely to theside of the road and turn off theengine. See page for instructionsand precautions on checking theengine’s cooling system.Do not drive the vehicle while theindicator is on or the engine may bedamaged.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ,’’or this symbol with an ‘‘ENGINETEMP. HIGH’’ message on themulti-information display.

This indicator shows thetemperature of the engine coolant. Ifthere is no problem, this indicatorcomes on when the engine is cold. Ifit comes on when the engine is warm(normal operating temperature),have the vehicle inspected by yourdealer as soon as possible.

This indicator comes on as areminder that you must refuel soon.

You will also see the symbol‘‘ ’’ or this symbol with‘‘FUEL LOW’’ message on the multi-information display.

When the needle reaches E, there isa very small amount of fuel in thetank.

When the indicator comes on, thereare about 6.5 Litres of fuel remainingin the tank.

312

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

High TemperatureIndicator

Low TemperatureIndicator

Low Fuel Indicator

75

12/04/20 13:14:40 42TF2C00_080

Page 81: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. When you turn the econmode on by pressing the ECONbutton with the ignition switch in theON (II) position, this indicator willcome on.

You will also see the symbol on themulti-information display with ECONON or ECON OFF (see page ).

This indicator comes on when thesecurity system is set. See page

for more information on thesecurity system.

128

193

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

ECON Mode Indicator Security System Indicator

76

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:38:42 42TF2C00_081

Page 82: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Gauges

Instruments and Controls 77

FUEL GAUGE

SELECT/RESET KNOB

MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY

SPEEDOMETER/AMBIENT METER

TACHOMETER CHARGE/ASSIST GAUGE

12/04/18 14:38:47 42TF2C00_082

Page 83: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This shows how much fuel you have.It may show slightly more or lessthan the actual amount.

The tachometer shows the enginespeed in revolutions per minute(rpm). To protect the engine fromdamage, never drive with thetachometer needle in the red zone.

Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire,damaging the catalytic converter.

This shows your speed in kilometersper hour (km/h).

The speedometer also has anambient meter. The colour of theambient meter changesautomatically according to yourdriving style (see page ).

You can customize the setting of theambient meter (see page ).

214

108

Fuel GaugeTachometerSpeedometer/Ambient Meter

Gauges

Instruments and Controls78

12/04/18 14:38:55 42TF2C00_083

Page 84: Fit Hybrid English Manual

You can also check the status of theIMA system function on the multi-information display (see page ).

If the IMA battery is too hot or toocold, the IMA system limits the IMAbattery’s output power to protect thebattery. This disables the IMA assistand Auto Idle Stop, even though thebattery level indicator on the multi-information display may show thatthe battery is well-charged (see page

). Therefore, if the motor assistis frequently used, the batterybecomes hot and starts to limit itsoutput power.

It takes a short time to normalize theIMA battery’s output powerdepending on the weather.

This gauge shows you the charge/discharge status of the IntegratedMotor Assist (IMA). When the IMAis assisting the engine, the pointerstays in the assist gauge (the rightside of the gauge). When the IMAbattery is being charged, the pointerstays in the charge gauge (the leftside of the gauge).

86

85

Charge/Assist Gauge

Gauges

Instruments and Controls 79

IMA CHARGEGAUGE

IMA ASSISTGAUGE

12/04/18 14:39:02 42TF2C00_084

Page 85: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The multi-information display in thespeedometer on the instrumentpanel displays various informationand symbols/messages when theignition switch is in the ON (II)position. Some of the indicators/messages help you operate yourvehicle more effectively. Otherskeep you aware of the vehicle’scondition for continued trouble-freedriving.

There are two types of symbols/messages: normal display symbols/messages and system warningsymbols/messages.

You can select the displayedlanguage and also customize somevehicle control settings to your likingwith the multi-information displayand the three buttons on the steeringwheel (see page ).

The multi-information displayconsists of an upper segment, amiddle segment and a lowersegment.

In normal display mode, the displayshows the trip computer, the rearseat belt use (if equipped), eco guidemonitor, average fuel economyrecords, IMA system power flowmonitor, the odometer, the tripmeter, the outside temperature, andthe service reminder (if equipped).

81

Normal Display Symbols/Messages

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls80

LOWERSEGMENT

MIDDLESEGMENT

UPPER SEGMENT

12/04/18 14:39:09 42TF2C00_085

Page 86: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

▲ ▼

You will see an ‘‘ECON ON’’ or‘‘ECON OFF’’ message on the multi-information display according to theprevious ECON setting when youturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position (see page ).

With the ignition switch in the ON(II) position, the multi-informationdisplay changes as shown on page

.

The trip computer consists of theinstant fuel economy, the averagefuel economy, the estimated distance,the elapsed time, and the averagespeed.

To change the display, press theINFO ( / ) button on the steeringwheel repeatedly.

If there is any system warning,system warning symbol(s) will beshown on the multi-informationdisplay. The system warningsymbol/message that has thehighest priority will be displayed firstwhen you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position.

128

82 CONTINUED

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 81

INFOBUTTON( / )

SEL/RESET BUTTON

ECON is On. ECON is Off.

12/04/18 14:39:16 42TF2C00_086

Page 87: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▼▲

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

82

: Press the INFO button .: Press the INFO button .

12/05/09 17:18:01 42TF2C00_087

Page 88: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The average fuel economy recordsdisplay shows the average fueleconomy (0) for the current drivingcycle and the past average fueleconomy records (1-3) for the lastthree driving cycles.

Indicators in the trip computer show:Average Fuel Economy

RangeElapsed TimeAverage Vehicle Speed

Instant Fuel Economy

Eco guide feedback monitor consistsof three parts. The eco-drive scoredisplay shows the accumulated ecoscore for one driving cycle. Theacceleration monitor showsacceleration efficiency. Thedeceleration monitor showsdeceleration efficiency. See page

for more information.215

CONTINUED

Eco Guide Feedback Monitor Average Fuel Economy Records Trip Computer

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 83

ACCELERATIONMONITOR

DECELERATIONMONITOR

ECO-DRIVE SCORE DISPLAY LATEST AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY

PAST AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY

12/04/18 14:39:32 42TF2C00_088

Page 89: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The average fuel economy isupdated once every 10 seconds.When you reset a trip meter, theaverage fuel economy for that tripmeter also resets. To reset thevalues in the trip computer, pressand hold the SEL/RESET buttonuntil the number resets to ‘‘0.0.’’

When you reset Trip A, average fueleconomy A is reset at the same time.When you reset Trip B, average fueleconomy B is reset.

In the customizing mode, you can setTrip A and average fuel economy Ato reset when you refuel your vehicle(see page ).

Your vehicle’s average fuel economysince you last reset trip computer A.

Your vehicle’s average fuel economysince you last reset trip computer B.

Your vehicle’s instant fuel economyin l/100 km.

105

Average Fuel Economy A

Average Fuel Economy B

Average Fuel Economy Instant Fuel Economy

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls84

AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY A

AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY B

INSTANT FUEL ECONOMY

12/04/18 14:39:42 42TF2C00_089

Page 90: Fit Hybrid English Manual

: The estimated distance youcan travel on the fuel remaining inthe tank.

The table below shows the basicexamples of monitoring display.

The IMA system power flow monitorshows the status of the IMA system.The energy source, and poweringstatus of the engine and IMA motor(engine operation icon and IMAbattery) are represented by arrowson the display. The battery levelindicator shows the state of chargeof the IMA battery.

This distance is estimated from thefuel economy you have achievedover the last few kilometers, so it willvary with changes in speed, trafficcondition, etc.

When you reset Trip A, averagevehicle speed A is reset at the sametime. When you reset Trip B,average vehicle speed B is reset.

: The time travelledsince you last turned the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position.

The average speedyou are travelling is displayed inkilometers per hour (km/h).

:

ExamplePower Flow

CONTINUED

Only IMA motor ispowering the vehicle andIMA battery is discharging.

IMA motor is assisting theengine with powering thevehicle. IMA battery isdischarging and the systemis consuming fuel.IMA system is chargingIMA battery.

Only engine is poweringvehicle. The system isconsuming fuel.

Engine is powering vehicleand IMA system is chargingIMA battery. The system isconsuming fuel.

Range

Elapsed Time

Powering Status

Average Vehicle Speed

IMA System Power Flow Monitor

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

85

ENGINEOPERATIONICON

POWER FLOW

IMA BATTERY/BATTERYLEVEL INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:39:58 42TF2C00_090

Page 91: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The IMA battery level indicatorshows you the state of charge of thebattery for the Integrated MotorAssist (IMA). This battery isrecharged and discharged by theIMA motor depending on the drivingconditions.

The position of the battery levelreading shows the state of charge ofthe IMA battery. When the batterylevel reading is high, the IMAbattery is well charged. There areseven positions (Level 0-Level 6) ofthe battery level reading.

The battery level reading may dropnear the bottom under drivingconditions that require IMA motorassistance for a long time, such asprolonged acceleration or climbing along hill.

The IMA motor will recharge thebattery as you continue driving.

IMA Battery Level Indicator

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls86

Lowestlevel ofstate ofcharge

Highestlevel ofstate ofcharge

IMA BATTERY LEVEL INDICATOR

LEVELREADING

Level 1Level 0 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6

12/04/18 14:40:06 42TF2C00_091

Page 92: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This correction of the battery levelindicator is normal and does notindicate a problem. If the IMAbattery develops a problem ordeteriorates, the IMA systemindicator will come on. If thishappens, have the vehicle checkedby your dealer as soon as possible.

Since the level is not read directly,small sensing errors can, over time,cause the gauge to read higher thanthe actual battery level. The systemwill then perform a correction, andthe battery level gauge reading willdrop suddenly. When this happens,IMA assist and Auto Idle Stop aredisabled until the IMA battery issufficiently recharged by normaldriving.

The IMA battery is charged at ahigher rate when the transmission isin L (Low) mode (see page ).

If the battery is mostly discharged,the auto idle stop function is disabled(see page ).

The battery level gauge does notread the battery level directly. Itcalculates the level by continuouslymeasuring the current flow, voltage,and temperature.

228

229

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 87

12/04/18 14:40:12 42TF2C00_092

Page 93: Fit Hybrid English Manual

There are two trip meters: trip A andtrip B. To switch the display betweenthem, press the SEL/RESET buttonrepeatedly. When you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position, your last selection isdisplayed.

Each trip meter works independently,so you can keep track of twodifferent distances.

To reset a trip meter, display it, andthen press and hold the SEL/RESETbutton until the number resets to‘‘0.0.’’

The display shows the odometer, tripmeter, and the outside temperaturein the normal display mode.

Pressing the SEL/RESET buttonchanges the display as shown.

The odometer shows the totalnumber of kilometers your vehiclehas been driven.

This meter shows the number ofkilometers driven since you lastreset it.

Trip Meter

Odometer

Trip Information

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls88

TRIP A TRIP B

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE

ODOMETER

: Press the SEL/RESET button.

12/04/18 14:40:21 42TF2C00_093

Page 94: Fit Hybrid English Manual

±This indicator displays the outsidetemperature in degrees Celsius.

The sensor delays the display updateuntil it reaches the correct outsidetemperature. This may take severalminutes.

If the outside temperature isincorrectly displayed, you can adjustit by up to 3°C warmer or cooler(see page ).

The temperature must bestabilized before doing thisprocedure.

The temperature sensor is in thefront bumper. Therefore, thetemperature reading can be affectedby heat reflection from the roadsurface, engine heat, and theexhaust from surrounding traffic.This can cause an incorrecttemperature reading when yourspeed is under 30 km/h.

In certain weather conditions,temperature readings near freezingcould mean that ice is forming on theroad surface. You will also see acaution symbol ‘‘ ’’ with a ‘‘LOWOUTSIDE TEMPERATURE’’message on the multi-informationdisplay.

To enter the customized settingdisplay, select the above display withthe INFO button, then press theSEL/RESET button. See page

for more information.

103

94

Outside Temperature Indicator

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls

Entering to the CustomizedSettings

89

NOTE:

12/04/18 14:40:30 42TF2C00_094

Page 95: Fit Hybrid English Manual

These symbols/messages alsotrigger the appropriate indicator(s)on the instrument panel and causethe system message indicator tocome on. The system messageindicator does not go off until theproblem(s) are corrected.

If there is a problem with yourvehicle, for example, the engine oillevel is low or a door is not fullyclosed, the multi-information displaywill show you the problem. It doesthis by interrupting the currentdisplay with one or more symbols/messages. Most of the symbols/messages are displayed for about 5seconds, and then the currentdisplay returns. Some symbols/messages stay on until the problemis corrected.

The multi-information display willalso show you some vehicleconditions such as the CVTF servicereminder, etc.

System Warning Symbols

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls90

SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:40:36 42TF2C00_095

Page 96: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

▲ ▼

CONTINUED

You will also hear a beep when thesystem warning symbol comes on forthe first time.

If there are several symbols/messages, each one is displayed forabout 5 seconds.

To switch the symbol(s)/message(s)before 5 seconds have elapsed, or toselect the normal display, press theINFO ( / ) button on the steeringwheel repeatedly.

You can see the symbol(s)/message(s) again by pressing theINFO ( / ) button repeatedly ifthe system message indicatorremains lit on the instrument panel.

Even if you switch the display fromthe symbol/message to the normaldisplay, some important symbols/messages come on again at regularintervals until the problem iscorrected.

The following pages describe eachsystem warning symbol/messagethat can be displayed. Here is a list ofall symbols:

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 91

12/04/18 14:40:42 42TF2C00_096

Page 97: Fit Hybrid English Manual

See page316.

See pages75 and 312.

See pages69 and 314.

See pages70 and 317.

See page73.

See pages69 and 315.

See pages31 and 71.

See pages71 and 234.

See pages70 and 159.

See pages260 and 317.

See page219.

See pages32 and 71.

See pages23 and 68.

See pages22 and 68.

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls92

12/04/18 14:40:54 42TF2C00_097

Page 98: Fit Hybrid English Manual

See page13.

See pages74 and 123.

See page134.

See page89.

See page75.

See page133.

See page133.

See page72.

See page244.

See page244.

See page245.

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 93

12/04/18 14:41:03 42TF2C00_098

Page 99: Fit Hybrid English Manual

±

You can customize some of the vehicle control settings to suit your needs. The table shows the settings you cancustomize.

Factory default setting:

Setting OptionDescriptionMenu Item PageGroup SetupCHINESEENGLISHup to 3°C0°CONOFFIGN OFFTRIP AONOFF

60 sec30 sec

Changes the display language.

Adjust the outside temperature reading aboveor below its current reading.Causes trip meter A and the average fueleconomy A to reset when you refuel.Resets the elapsed time of your current trip.

Causes the colour of the ambient meter on thespeedometer to change automatically accordingto the driving style.Changes how long (in seconds) the interiorlights stay on after you close the doors.

LANGUAGE SELECTION

ADJUST OUTSIDETEMP. DISPLAYTRIP A RESET with REFUEL

ELAPSED TIME RESET

METER COLOR CHANGE

INTERIOR LIGHTDIMMING TIME

TRIP B

15sec

101

103

105

106

108

111

METER SETUP(P.101)

LIGHTINGSETUP(P.110)

Customized Settings

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls94

12/04/18 14:41:11 42TF2C00_099

Page 100: Fit Hybrid English Manual

DescriptionMenu Item

CONTINUED

Setting OptionGroup Setup PageThe exterior lights flash each time you pressthe LOCK or UNLOCK button. On some types,a beeper will also sound when you press theLOCK button twice.Changes how long it takes (in seconds) for thedoors to relock and the security system to setafter you unlock but do not open the door.Returns all settings to their factory default.

KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGMENT

SECURITY RELOCK TIMER

ONOFF

90 sec60 sec30 secSETCANCEL

DOOR SETUP(P.113)

DEFAULT ALL(P.118)

114

116

118

Factory default setting:

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 95

12/04/18 14:41:17 42TF2C00_100

Page 101: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲▼

▼▲

To enter the customizing mode, thevehicle must be stopped with theignition switch in the ON (II)position and, the shift lever in park.Press and hold the INFO button ( /

) on the steering wheel to selectthe customized setting display, thenpress the SEL/RESET button toenter the customizing mode. Hereare the settings you can customize.

Each time you press the INFObutton, the display changes as shownabove.

DEFAULT ALL: To return to thedefault settings (see page ).

CHANGE SETTINGS: To changevehicle control settings (see page

).

118

98

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls96

: Press the INFO button .: Press the INFO button .

: Press the SEL/RESET button.

See page 98 See page 118

12/04/18 14:41:25 42TF2C00_101

Page 102: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

If you try to start driving whilecustomizing the settings, you will seethe above display for a few secondsand customizing will be cancelled.

Customizing is also cancelled, if youturn the ignition switch from the ON(II) position to the ACCESSORY (I)or LOCK (0) position, or move theshift lever out of Park.

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode shown above bypressing the INFO button repeatedly,followed by the SEL/RESET button.The display goes back to the normaldisplay.

If you want the settings as they werewhen the vehicle left the factory,select ‘‘DEFAULT ALL,’’ asdescribed on page .

Use the INFO button ( / ) on thesteering wheel to see and scrollthrough the settings, and the SEL/RESET button to enter yourselections.

If you want to change any vehiclecontrol settings, select ‘‘CHANGESETTINGS,’’ and follow theinstructions on page .

118

98

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 97

12/04/18 14:41:32 42TF2C00_102

Page 103: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

You can customize some of thevehicle control settings to yourpreference. Here are the settingsyou can customize:

METER SETUPLIGHTING SETUPDOOR SETUP

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

Change Settings

98

: Press the SEL/RESET button.

: Press the INFO ( / ) button.

Go to the MeterSetup CustomizeSetting Display(See page 101).

Go to the DoorSetup CustomizeSetting Display(See page 113).

Go to the LightingSetup CustomizeSetting Display(See page 110).

12/04/18 14:41:39 42TF2C00_103

Page 104: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To enter the customizing mode,select the customized setting display,then press the SEL/RESET button.Select the ‘‘CHANGE SETTINGS’’display by pressing the INFO button,then press the SEL/RESET button.

Press and release the INFO buttonrepeatedly until you see the setupyou want to customize, and press theSEL/RESET button to enter yourselection. Each time you press theINFO button, the display changes asshown. To customize each setting,follow the procedures described onthe following pages.

To exit, select the exit mode shownabove by pressing the INFO buttonrepeatedly, then press the SEL/RESET button. The display willreturn to the ‘‘CHANGE SETTINGS’’display.

To return to the normal display from‘‘CHANGE SETTINGS,’’ select the‘‘EXIT’’ display, then press the SEL/RESET button.

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 99

12/04/18 14:41:45 42TF2C00_104

Page 105: Fit Hybrid English Manual

+ -

You can customize some of thevehicle control settings to suit yourneeds. The following items are thesettings you can customize.

ELAPSED TIME RESET: Theelapsed time can be reset whenyou turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position or when youreset trip meter A or B (see page

).

LANGUAGE SELECTION: Toselect language (see page ).

ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.DISPLAY: The outsidetemperature indicator value isadjustable up to or 3°C (seepage ).

METER COLOR CHANGE: Thecolour of the ambient meter in thespeedometer change automaticallyaccording to the driving condition(see page ).

TRIP A RESET with REFUEL:Average fuel economy for tripmeter A can be reset afterrefueling (see page ).

101

103

105

106

108

Meter Setup

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls100

12/04/18 14:41:52 42TF2C00_105

Page 106: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▼▲

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘LANGUAGESELECTION,’’ press the SEL/RESET button. The display changesto the setting display.

There are two selectable languages:Chinese and English. To choose thelanguage you want, follow theseinstructions:

CONTINUED

Language Selection

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 101

: Press the SEL/RESET button.

: Press the INFO button .

: Press the INFO button .

See page 109 See page 108

See page 101 See page 103 See page 105

See page 106

12/04/18 14:42:01 42TF2C00_106

Page 107: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲▼

▲ ▼

When the language selection issuccessfully completed, the displaychanges to the screen shown abovefor a few seconds, then goes back tothe ‘‘LANGUAGE SELECTION’’display. Press the INFO button ( /

) repeatedly to select anothercustomizing mode.

You can select the languages,Chinese or English. Press andrelease the INFO button ( / ) toselect the language, then press theSEL/RESET button to enter theselection.

If you fail to set the language setting,you will see ‘‘INCOMPLETE’’ on thedisplay for a few seconds. Thedisplay returns to the setting mode.Repeat the setup.

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls102

ENGLISH is selected.

12/04/18 14:42:07 42TF2C00_107

Page 108: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘ADJUST OUTSIDETEMP. DISPLAY,’’ press the SEL/RESET button. The display changesto the setting display.

If you find that the temperaturereading is always a few degreesbelow or above the actualtemperature, adjust it as described inthe following section.

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode by pressing the INFObutton repeatedly, then press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to the ‘‘METER SETUP’’display.

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls

Outside Temperature DisplayAdjustment

103

12/04/18 14:42:14 42TF2C00_108

Page 109: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼ ±

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode by pressing the INFObutton repeatedly, then press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to the ‘‘METER SETUP’’display.

If you fail to enter your selection,you will see ‘‘SETTINGINCOMPLETE’’ on the display for afew seconds. The display returns tothe setting mode. Repeat the setup.

Adjust the outside temperature valueby pressing the INFO ( / ) buttonrepeatedly. Press the SEL/RESETbutton to set the desired value.

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display shows ‘‘ 0°CSETUP’’ for a few seconds, thengoes back to the ‘‘ADJUSTOUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY’’ display.Press the INFO button repeatedly toselect another customizing mode.

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

104

12/05/10 17:26:46 42TF2C00_109

Page 110: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To cause the trip meter A and theaverage fuel economy for trip A toreset every time you refuel yourvehicle, adjust it as follows.

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘TRIP A RESET withREFUEL,’’ press the SEL/RESETbutton. The display changes to thesetting display.

You can select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF.’’ Eachtime you press the INFO button, theselected mode switches between on,off, and exit. Enter your selection bypressing the SEL/RESET button.

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display shows ‘‘ONSETUP’’ or ‘‘OFF SETUP’’ for a fewseconds, then goes back to the‘‘TRIP A RESET with REFUEL’’display. Press the INFO buttonrepeatedly to select anothercustomizing mode.

CONTINUED

Trip A Reset With Refuel

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 105

12/04/18 14:42:27 42TF2C00_110

Page 111: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode by pressing the INFObutton repeatedly, then press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to the ‘‘METER SETUP’’display.

To cause the elapsed time to resetevery time you turn the ignitionswitch to the LOCK (0) position orreset trip meter A or B, adjust it asdescribed as follows.

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘ELAPSED TIMERESET,’’ press the SEL/RESETbutton. The display changes to thesetting display.

If you fail to enter your selection,you will see ‘‘SETTINGINCOMPLETE’’ on the display for afew seconds. The display returns tothe setting mode. Repeat the setup.

You can select ‘‘IGN OFF,’’‘‘TRIP A,’’ or ‘‘TRIP B.’’ Each timeyou press the INFO button, theselected mode switches betweenthem and exit. Enter your selectionby pressing the SEL/RESET button.

Elapsed Time Reset

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls106

12/04/18 14:42:34 42TF2C00_111

Page 112: Fit Hybrid English Manual

IGN OFF: The elapsed time is resetwhen you turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK (0) position.

TRIP A: The elapsed time is resetwhen you reset trip meter A.

TRIP B: The elapsed time is resetwhen you reset trip meter B.

If you fail to enter your selection,you will see ‘‘SETTINGINCOMPLETE’’ on the display for afew seconds. The display returns tothe setting mode. Repeat the setup.

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display shows theappropriate setting; ‘‘IGN OFFSETUP,’’ ‘‘TRIP A SETUP,’’ or ‘‘TRIPB SETUP’’ for a few seconds, thengoes back to the ‘‘ELAPSED TIMERESET’’ display. Press the INFObutton repeatedly to select anothercustomizing mode.

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode by pressing the INFObutton repeatedly, then press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to the ‘‘METER SETUP’’display.

CONTINUED

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

107

TRIP A is selected.

12/04/18 14:42:42 42TF2C00_112

Page 113: Fit Hybrid English Manual

You can set the colour of theambient meter in the speedometer tochange automatically according tothe driving condition (see page ).

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘METER COLORCHANGE,’’ press the SEL/RESETbutton. The display changes to thesetting display.

You can select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF.’’ Eachtime you press the INFO button, theselected mode switches between on,off, and exit. Enter your selection bypressing the SEL/RESET button.

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display shows ‘‘ONSETUP’’ or ‘‘OFF SETUP’’ for a fewseconds, then goes back to the‘‘METER COLOR CHANGE’’ display.Press the SEL/RESET button, thenpress the INFO button repeatedly toselect another customizing mode.

214

Meter Colour Change

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls108

12/04/18 14:42:49 42TF2C00_113

Page 114: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode by pressing the INFObutton repeatedly, then press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to the ‘‘METER SETUP’’display.

If you fail to enter your selection,you will see ‘‘SETTINGINCOMPLETE’’ on the display for afew seconds. The display returns tothe setting mode. Repeat the setup.

To exit the customizing mode, selectthe exit mode by pressing the INFObutton repeatedly, then press theSEL/RESET button. The display willreturn to the ‘‘METER COLORCHANGE’’ display.

To Exit the Meter Setup CustomizingMode

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

109

12/04/18 14:42:54 42TF2C00_114

Page 115: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲▼

▲ ▼

▼▲

You can customize the INTERIORLIGHT DIMMING TIME setting inlighting setup.

While ‘‘LIGHTING SETUP’’ isshown, press the SEL/RESETbutton to enter the customize mode.

Each time you press the INFO ( /) button, the screen changes as

shown in the illustration. Press theINFO ( / ) button, until you seethe setting you want to customize,then press the SEL/RESET buttonto enter your selection.

Lighting Setup

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls110

: Press the INFO button .

: Press the INFO button .

: Press the SEL/RESET button.

See page 111

12/04/18 14:43:02 42TF2C00_115

Page 116: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

The interior lights fade out when youclose all door. To change how longthe lights stay on before they fadeout, follow these instructions:

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘INTERIOR LIGHTDIMMING TIME,’’ press the SEL/RESET button. The display changesto the setting display.

Select the desired setting (15sec,30sec, or 60sec) by pressing theINFO ( / ) button, then enteryour selection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

CONTINUED

Interior Light Dimming Time

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 111

12/04/18 14:43:09 42TF2C00_116

Page 117: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display changes asshown above, and then goes back tothe customizable item screen.

If the ‘‘SETTING INCOMPLETE’’message appears, go back to‘‘INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMINGTIME’’ and repeat the procedureagain.

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls112

12/04/18 14:43:13 42TF2C00_117

Page 118: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲▼

▲ ▼

CONTINUED

KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGMENTSECURITY RELOCK TIMER

While ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ is shown,press the SEL/RESET button toenter the customize mode.

Each time you press the INFO ( /) button, the screen changes as

shown in the illustration. Press theINFO ( / ) button until you seethe setting you want to customize,then press the SEL/RESET buttonto enter your selection.

Here are the two custom settings forthe door setup:

Door Setup

Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls 113

: Press the INFO button .

: Press the INFO button .

: Press the SEL/RESET button.

See page 114 See page 116

12/05/10 17:26:54 42TF2C00_118

Page 119: Fit Hybrid English Manual

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGMENT,’’ press theSEL/RESET button. The displaychanges to the setting display.

When you press the LOCK button,some exterior lights blink threetimes to verify that the doors and thehatch are locked and the securitysystem is set.

When you press the UNLOCKbutton, some exterior lights blinkonce.

To turn this feature on or off, followthese instructions.

Instruments and Controls

Keyless Lock Acknowledgment

Multi-Information Display

114

12/04/18 14:43:29 42TF2C00_119

Page 120: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

CONTINUED

Select ON or OFF by pressing theINFO ( / ) button, then enteryour selection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display changes asshown above, and then goes back tothe customizable item screen.

If the ‘‘SETTING INCOMPLETE’’message appears, go back to‘‘KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGMENT’’ and repeatthe procedure again.

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

115

12/04/18 14:43:35 42TF2C00_120

Page 121: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

You can change this relock timefrom 30 seconds to 60 or 90 seconds.

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘SECURITY RELOCKTIMER,’’ press the SEL/RESETbutton. The display changes to thesetting display.

Select the desired setting bypressing the INFO ( / ) button,then enter your selection by pressingthe SEL/RESET button.

If you unlock the doors with theremote transmitter, but do not openany of the doors within 30 seconds,the doors and the hatch,automatically relock, and thesecurity system sets.

Instruments and Controls

Security Relock Timer

Multi-Information Display

116

12/04/18 14:43:41 42TF2C00_121

Page 122: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When your selection is successfullycompleted, the display changes asshown above, and then goes back tothe customizable item screen.

If the ‘‘SETTING INCOMPLETE’’message appears, go back to‘‘SECURITY RELOCK TIMER’’ andrepeat the procedure again.

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

117

12/04/18 14:43:45 42TF2C00_122

Page 123: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲▼

If you want to set the customizablevehicle control settings to the defaultsetting, press the INFO button ( /

) on the steering wheel repeatedlyuntil ‘‘DEFAULT ALL’’ is displayed,then press the SEL/RESET button.

To set the default settings, select‘‘SET’’ by pressing the INFO button,then press the SEL/RESET button.

If you want to cancel ‘‘DEFAULTALL,’’ select ‘‘CANCEL,’’ then pressthe SEL/RESET button. The screengoes back to the previous display.

Instruments and Controls

Default Settings

Multi-Information Display

118

12/04/18 14:43:51 42TF2C00_123

Page 124: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the DEFAULT ALL operation isnot successful, you will see the abovedisplay for a few seconds, then thedisplay goes back to the settingdisplay.

For the default value information,see page .

When DEFAULT ALL is set, you willsee the above display for severalseconds, then the screen returns tothe default all setting display.

94

Instruments and Controls

Multi-Information Display

119

12/04/18 14:43:57 42TF2C00_124

Page 125: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To use the horn, press the centre pad of the steering wheel.:

Controls Near the Steering Wheel

Instruments and Controls120

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNALS

MIRROR CONTROLS

STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENTS

WINDSCREEN WIPERS/WASHERS

ACCESSORY POWERSOCKET

PADDLE SHIFTERS

REAR FOG LIGHT/FRONT FOG LIGHTS

REAR WINDOW DEMISTER

HEADLIGHT ADJUSTER

ECON BUTTON

HORN

MULTI-INFORMATIONBUTTONS

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

(P.123)

(P.124)

(P.157)

(P.127)

(P.128)

(P.129)

(P.224) (P.121)

(P.126)

(P.126)

(P.81)

(P.165)

12/04/18 14:44:03 42TF2C00_125

Page 126: Fit Hybrid English Manual

---

MISTOFFINT IntermittentLO Low speedHI High speedWindscreen washers

Push the lever up or down to select aposition.

The wipers are not activated.

The wipers run at low speed.

The wipers run at high speed.

The wipers run at highspeed until you release the lever.

The wipers operate everyfew seconds.

Pull thewiper control lever toward you,and hold it. The washers sprayuntil you release the lever. Thewipers run at low speed, thencomplete one more sweep afteryou release the lever.

1.2.3.4.5.6.

Windscreen Wipers

OFF

LO

HI

MIST

INT

Windscreen Washers

Windscreen Wipers and Washers

Instruments and Controls 121

12/04/18 14:44:11 42TF2C00_126

Page 127: Fit Hybrid English Manual

OFFWhen you turn the wiper switch tothe ‘‘OFF’’ position, the wiper willreturn to its parked position.

Rotate the switch to ON to turnthe rear window wiper on.

Hold past ON to activate the rearwindow wiper a few times and tospray the rear window washer.

Rotate the switch down from theOFF position also to spray thewindow washer and turn the wiperon.

The rear window washer uses thesame fluid reservoir as thewindscreen washer.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

Windscreen Wipers and Washers

Instruments and Controls122

12/04/18 14:44:18 42TF2C00_127

Page 128: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Push down or up onthe lever to signal a turn. To signal alane change, push lightly on thelever in the proper direction and holdit. The lever will return to centrewhen you release it or complete aturn.

Turn signalOffPosition and indicator lightsHeadlights onHigh beamsFlash high beams

Turning theswitch to the ‘‘ ’’ position turnson the position lights, tail-lights,instrument panel lights, and rearlicence plate lights.

Turning the switch to the ‘‘ ’’position turns on the headlights.

When the light switch is in the‘‘ ’’ or the ‘‘ ’’ position, thelights on indicator comes on as areminder.

This indicator stays on if you leavethe lights on and turn the ignitionswitch to the ACCESSORY (I) orLOCK (0) position.

If you leave the lights on with thekey removed from the ignitionswitch, you will hear a reminderchime when you open the driver’sdoor.

You will also see the symbol‘‘ ’’ with a ‘‘HEADLIGHTSON’’ message on the multi-information display.

Push the leverforward until you hear a click to turnon the high beams. The blue highbeam indicator will come on (seepage ). Pull the lever back toreturn to the low beams.

To flash the high beams, pull thelever back lightly, then release it.The high beams will stay on as longas you hold the lever back.

1.2.3.4.5.6.

74

Turn Signal

Headlights On

High Beams

Instruments and Controls

Turn Signals and Headlights

123

LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

12/04/18 14:44:27 42TF2C00_128

Page 129: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The front and rear fog lights will gooff when you turn the light controlswitch off. When you turn the lightcontrol switch on again, the front foglights only will also turn on.

Turn the foglight switch down from the OFFposition. The indicator in theinstrument panel comes on as areminder.

When you turn off the headlights,the rear fog light will go off. To turnit on again, you have to operate thefog light switch again.

To turn off the rear fog light with theheadlights on, turn the fog lightswitch down again.

The rear fog light turns on onlywhen the light control switch is inthe position.

OffFront fog lights onFront and rear fog lights onRear fog light on

The fog light switch is located nextto the light control switch.

Turn theswitch up from the OFF position tothe ON position. The indicatorin the instrument panel comes on asa reminder.

You can turn on the front fog lightswhen the light control switch is inthe or position.

To turn off the front fog lights, turnthe fog light switch to the OFFposition.

Turn the fog light switch oneposition up from the front fog lightson position. In addition to the

indicator, the indicatorcomes on as a reminder to indicatethat the rear fog light is on.

You can turn on the rear fog lightwhen the front fog light is turned on.

To turn off the rear fog light with thefront fog lights on, turn the fog lightswitch up again.

1.2.3.4.

Rear Fog Light On

Front Fog Lights On

Front and Rear Fog Lights On

Front and Rear Fog Lights

Instruments and Controls124

FRONT/REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH

LIGHTCONTROLSWITCH

12/04/18 14:44:40 42TF2C00_129

Page 130: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To reduce glare at night, theinstrument panel illumination dimswhen you turn the light switch to the

or position. Turning theknob to the right until you hear atone will cancel the reducedbrightness.

The knob on the instrument panelcontrols the brightness of theinstrument panel lights. Turn theknob to adjust the brightness withthe ignition switch in the ON (II)position and the position lights on.

When you turn the knob, the multi-information display changes tovertical bars that show you thecurrent level.

You will hear a tone when you reachthe maximum or minimumbrightness. The brightness levelgoes out about 5 seconds after youstop adjusting.

Instrument Panel Brightness

Instruments and Controls 125

INSTRUMENT PANEL BRIGHTNESSCONTROL KNOB BRIGHTNESS LEVELS

12/04/18 14:44:46 42TF2C00_130

Page 131: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The demister will shut itself offwithin about 10 to 30 minutesaccording to the outside temperature.

In cold weather, the demister will notautomatically shut itself off. Youmust manually shut off the rearwindow demister when it is nolonger needed.

Push the red button to turn on thehazard warning lights (four-wayflashers). This causes all outsideturn signals and both turn indicatorsin the instrument panel to flash. Usethese lights to give a warning toother road users that your vehicle iscausing a hazard.

The rear window demister will clearfog, frost, and thin ice from thewindow. Turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position. Push thedemister button to turn it on and off.The indicator in the button comes onto show the demister is on. It shutsoff when you turn off the ignitionswitch. You have to turn thedemister on again when you restartthe vehicle.

Hazard Warning Button Rear Window Demister

Hazard Warning Button, Rear Window Demister

Instruments and Controls126

12/04/18 14:44:53 42TF2C00_131

Page 132: Fit Hybrid English Manual

A driver or a driver and passengerin the front seat.Five persons in the front and rearseats.Five persons in the front and rearseats and luggage in the luggagearea, within the limits of maximumpermissible rear axle weight ormaximum permissible vehicleweight.A driver and luggage in theluggage area, within the limits ofmaximum permissible rear axleweight or maximum permissiblevehicle weight.

Make sure the rear window is clearand you have good visibility beforestarting to drive.

The demister wires on the inside ofthe rear window can be accidentallydamaged. When cleaning the glass,always wipe side-to-side.

The vertical angle of the headlightscan be adjusted according to thenumber of persons and the loadingweight in the luggage area.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. Turn the adjusting dialto select an appropriate angle of theheadlights.

0:

1:

2:

3:

Headlight Adjuster

Rear Window Demister, Headlight Adjuster

Instruments and Controls 127

ADJUSTING DIAL

12/04/18 14:45:02 42TF2C00_132

Page 133: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Press the ECON button to activatethe ECON mode. ECON ON will bedisplayed on the multi-informationdisplay and the ECON modeindicator will illuminate in theinstrument panel. Press the ECONbutton again to turn it off. ECONOFF will appear on the multi-information display.

Engine performance will bedifferentThe climate control system willhave greater temperaturefluctuations

The ECON button turns the ECONmode on and off. The ECON modehelps you improve your fueleconomy by modifying some vehiclefunctions. When the ECON mode ison:

In addition, when the ECON mode ison, you may get more Eco Assistpoints (see page ).

When you turn off and then restartthe engine, the ECON mode settingremains the same as previously set.

215

ECON Button

Instruments and Controls128

ECON BUTTON

MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY

ECON MODE INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:45:09 42TF2C00_133

Page 134: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Make any steering wheeladjustments before you start driving.

To adjust the steering wheel:

Pull the lever under the steeringcolumn all the way up.

Push the lever down to lock thesteering wheel in position.

Move the steering wheel up ordown, and in or out, so it pointstoward your chest, not towardyour face. Make sure you can seethe instrument panel gauges andindicators.

Make sure you have securelylocked the steering wheel in placeby trying to move it up, down, in,and out.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Steering Wheel Adjustments

Instruments and Controls 129

Adjusting the steering wheelposition while driving maycause you to lose control ofthe vehicle and be seriouslyinjured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheelonly when the vehicle isstopped.

LEVER

12/04/18 14:45:17 42TF2C00_134

Page 135: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Two ignition keys come with yourvehicle. You should keep one ofthem in a safe place, away from thevehicle, as a spare.They fit all the locks on your vehicle.

These keys contain electroniccircuits that are activated by theimmobilizer system. They will notwork to start the engine if thecircuits are damaged.

Protect the keys from directsunlight, high temperature, andhigh humidity.

Do not drop the keys or set heavyobjects on them.

Keep the keys away from liquids.If they get wet, dry themimmediately with a soft cloth.

You should have received a keynumber tag with your keys. You willneed this key number if you everhave to get a lost key replaced. Useonly Honda-approved key blanks.

Your two ignition keys are also fittedwith remote transmitters; see page

for an explanation of theoperation.160

Remote Transmitter

Keys and Locks

Instruments and Controls130

KEYNUMBERTAG

IGNITION KEY WITHREMOTE TRANSMITTER

12/04/18 14:45:26 42TF2C00_135

Page 136: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of your key,contact your dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle inoperable.

If you have lost your key and cannotstart your engine, contact yourdealer.

The immobilizer system protectsyour vehicle from theft. If animproperly coded key (or otherdevice) is used, the engine’s fuelsystem is disabled.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, the immobilizersystem indicator should come onbriefly, then go off. If the indicatorstarts to blink, it means the systemdoes not recognize the coding of thekey. Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position, remove the key,reinsert it, and turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position again.

The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e. keychain) is near the ignition switchwhen you insert the key.

CONTINUED

Instruments and Controls

Immobilizer System

131

12/04/18 14:45:32 42TF2C00_136

Page 137: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The user shall not change thetransmission frequency, amplify theoutput capacity by such means asinstalling a transmission amplifier,install another aerial, or replace theoriginal transmission aerial withoutpermission of the Authority.

The equipment shall not cause anyharmful interference with variousauthorized radio communication. Ifsuch interference is detected,operation of the equipment shall besuspended until a measure is taken toremove such interference.

When using radio equipment withvery small output capacity, theequipment must accept anyinterference caused by the emissionof various radio communicationequipment as well as industrial,scientific and medical facilities.

Use of such radio equipment isprohibited in an aeroplane and aroundan airport.

Modulation Mode: ASKFrequency Range: 125 kHzTransmitting Power: 69 dB A/m(At a 10 m distance)Spurious Emission Limits: 27 dBA/m (At a 10 m distance)

Chinese Regulations for ControllingShort Range Radio Equipment

Immobilizer System

Instruments and Controls132

12/04/18 14:45:38 42TF2C00_137

Page 138: Fit Hybrid English Manual

- -

The ignition switch has fourpositions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY(I), ON (II), and START (III).

You can insert orremove the key only in this position.To turn the key, push it in slightly.

If the front wheels are turned, theanti-theft lock may make it difficultto turn the key. Firmly turn thesteering wheel to the left or right asyou turn the key.

You canoperate the audio system and theaccessory power socket in thisposition.

This is the normal keyposition when driving. Several of theindicators on the instrument panelcome on as a test when you turn theignition switch from theACCESSORY (I) to the ON (II)position.

If you leave the key in the ignitionswitch in the ACCESSORY (I)position and open the driver’s door,you will see the symbol ‘‘ ,’’ orthe symbol with a ‘‘RETURN IGNSWITCH TO (0) POSITION’’message on the multi-informationdisplay and hear a reminder beeper.

If you turn the ignition key to theACCESSORY (I) position with thedriver’s door closed, you will see thesymbol ‘‘ ,’’ or the symbolwith an ‘‘ACCESSORY (I)POSITION’’ message on the multi-information display to inform you ofthe key position.

LOCK (0)

ACCESSORY (I) ON (II)

Ignition Switch

Instruments and Controls 133

12/04/18 14:45:46 42TF2C00_138

Page 139: Fit Hybrid English Manual

- Use this positiononly to start the engine. The switchreturns to the ON (II) position whenyou let go of the key.

The shift lever must be in Parkbefore you can remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

Each door has a lock tab next to theinside door handle. When you pullout or push in the lock tab on thedriver’s door, all doors and thetailgate lock or unlock. The lock tabon each passenger’s door only locksand unlocks that door.

When the door is unlocked, the redmark on the lock tab is shown.

You will hear a reminder beeper ifyou leave the key in the ignitionswitch in the LOCK (0) or theACCESSORY (I) position and openthe driver’s door. You will also seethe symbol ‘‘ ’’ with an‘‘IGNITION KEY’’ message on themulti-information display with theignition switch in the LOCK (0)position. Remove the key to turn offthe beeper and the warning symbol.

All doors and tailgate lock or unlockwhen you use the key to lock orunlock the driver’s door.

Locking and unlocking the driver’sdoor will also lock and unlock thefuel fill door (see page ).

To lock any passenger’s door whengetting out of the vehicle, pull thelock tab out and close the door. Tolock the driver’s door, pull and holdthe outside door handle then pull outthe lock tab. Release the handle,then close the door.

197

Power Door LocksSTART (III)

Ignition Switch, Door Locks

Instruments and Controls134

Lock

Unlock

LOCK TAB

12/04/18 14:45:55 42TF2C00_139

Page 140: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When you lock the doors and thetailgate with the key or the remotetransmitter, all outside turn signalsand both indicators in the instrumentpanel flash three times to verify thedoors and the tailgate are locked andthe security system has set (seepage ).

The security system can only becancelled with the remotetransmitter. Unlocking the doorswith the key does not cancel thesecurity system.

The childproof door locks aredesigned to prevent children seatedin the rear from accidentally openingthe rear doors. Each rear door has alock lever near the edge. With thelever in the LOCK position (lever isdown), the door cannot be openedfrom the inside regardless of theposition of the lock tab. To open thedoor, push in the lock tab, and usethe outside door handle.

If you try to lock the open driver’sdoor with the key in the ignitionswitch by pushing in the lock tab, thetabs on all doors pop up when youclose the door.

193

Lockout Prevention

Instruments and Controls

Door Locks

Childproof Door Locks

135

Unlock

Lock

12/04/18 14:46:02 42TF2C00_140

Page 141: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Press this button to lockall doors and the tailgate. When youpush the LOCK button, all outsideturn signals and both indicators inthe instrument panel flash threetimes to verify the doors and thetailgate are locked and the securitysystem has set. You cannot lock thedoors and the tailgate if any door orthe tailgate is not fully closed or thekey is in the ignition switch.

Press this button tounlock all doors and the tailgate.When you push the UNLOCK button,all outside turn signals, and bothindicators in the instrument panelflash once.

You can change the ‘‘KEYLESSLOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT’’setting on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ).

The ceiling light (if the ceiling lightswitch is in the centre position) willcome on when you press theUNLOCK button. If you do not openany of the doors within 30 seconds,the light fades out. If you relock thedoors with the remote transmitterbefore 30 seconds have elapsed, thelight will go off immediately.

You can change the ‘‘INTERIORLIGHT DIMMING TIME’’ setting onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

114

111

Instruments and Controls

Remote Transmitter

LOCK

UNLOCK

136

LOCKBUTTON

LED

UNLOCK BUTTON

12/04/18 14:46:09 42TF2C00_141

Page 142: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Avoid dropping or throwing thetransmitter.

Protect the transmitter fromextreme temperatures.

Do not immerse the transmitter inany liquid.

If you lose a transmitter, thereplacement needs to bereprogrammed by your dealer.

If you use the unlock feature on theremote transmitter, but do not openany door or the tailgate within 30seconds, the doors and the tailgateautomatically relock.

You can change the ‘‘SECURITYRELOCK TIMER’’ setting on themulti-information display (see page

).

You cannot unlock the doors and thetailgate if the key is in the ignitionswitch.

Locking and unlocking the driver’sdoor will also lock and unlock thefuel fill door (see page ).

116

197

Remote Transmitter Care

Instruments and Controls

Remote Transmitter

137

12/04/18 14:46:16 42TF2C00_142

Page 143: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Battery type: CR1616

To replace the battery:

Remove the screw at the base ofthe transmitter with a smallPhillips-head screwdriver.

Be careful when removingthis screw as the head of the screwcan strip out.

If it takes several pushes on thebutton to lock or unlock the doorsand the hatch, replace the battery assoon as possible.

Separate the transmitter by pryingits middle seam with yourfingernail.

Inside the transmitter, separatethe inner cover from the keypadby carefully prying on the edgewith a coin.

1.

3.2.

Replacing the TransmitterBattery

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls138

NOTE:

COIN

SCREW

12/04/18 14:46:26 42TF2C00_143

Page 144: Fit Hybrid English Manual

An improperly disposed of batterycan be harmful to the environmentand human health.Always confirm local regulationsfor battery disposal.

Remove the old battery from theback of the inner cover, and inserta new battery into the back of thecover with the side facing down.

Install the parts in reverse order.

4.

5.

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls 139

BATTERY

12/04/18 14:46:31 42TF2C00_144

Page 145: Fit Hybrid English Manual

<<<-

The user shall not change thetransmission frequency, amplify theoutput capacity by such means asinstalling a transmission amplifier,install another aerial, or replace theoriginal transmission aerial withoutpermission of the Authority.

Modulation Mode: FSKFrequency Range: 433.92 MHzTransmitting Power: 10 mW (e.r.p)Occupied Bandwidth: 400 kHzSpurious Emission Limits: 30dBm (Net valve)

Use of such radio equipment isprohibited in an aeroplane and aroundan airport.

The equipment shall not cause anyharmful interference with variousauthorized radio communication. Ifsuch interference is detected,operation of the equipment shall besuspended until a measure is taken toremove such interference.

When using radio equipment withvery small output capacity, theequipment must accept anyinterference caused by the emissionof various radio communicationequipment as well as industrial,scientific and medical facilities.

Chinese Regulations for ControllingShort Range Radio Equipment

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls140

12/04/18 14:46:37 42TF2C00_145

Page 146: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The tailgate will lock or unlock whenyou lock or unlock the driver’s doorwith the key, the master door lockswitch, or the lock tab on the driver’sdoor.

The tailgate will also lock or unlockwhen you lock or unlock the doorswith the remote transmitter.

To open the tailgate, pull the handle,then lift up. To close it, use the innerhandle to pull down, then press downon the back edge.

CONTINUED

Tailgate

Instruments and Controls 141

HANDLE

12/04/18 14:46:43 42TF2C00_146

Page 147: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Keep the tailgate closed at all timeswhile driving to avoid damaging thetailgate and to prevent exhaust gasfrom getting into the interior. See

on page.

Be sure all passengers or any objectsare clear of the tailgate beforeopening or closing it.

Make sure the tailgate is closedbefore you start driving.

61Carbon Monoxide Hazard

Tailgate

Instruments and Controls142

INNER HANDLE

12/04/18 14:46:48 42TF2C00_147

Page 148: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To open the tailgate, access thetailgate release lever from inside thevehicle.

Place a cloth on the upper edge ofthe cover to prevent scratches, thenuse a small flat-tip screwdriver toremove the cover on the back of thetailgate.

Push the release lever to the lowerleft as shown.

If you need to open the tailgatemanually, it means there is aproblem with the tailgate. Have thevehicle checked by your dealer.

If the power door lock system cannotunlock the tailgate, unlock itmanually.

Opening the Tailgate Manually

Tailgate

Instruments and Controls 143

COVERRELEASE LEVER

Unlock

12/04/18 14:46:55 42TF2C00_148

Page 149: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.

14 15

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

To adjust the seat forward orbackward, pull up on the bar underthe seat cushion’s front edge. Movethe seat to the desired position, andrelease the bar. Try to move the seatto make sure it is locked in position.

To change the seat-back angle, pullup on the lever on the outside of theseat cushion.

Once a seat is adjusted correctly,rock it back and forth to make sure itis locked in position.

Front Seat Adjustments

Seats

Instruments and Controls144

LEVERBAR

12/04/18 14:47:03 42TF2C00_149

Page 150: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The height of your driver’s seat isadjustable. To raise the seat,repeatedly pull up the lever on theoutside of the seat cushion. To lowerthe seat, push the lever downrepeatedly.

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

The driver’s seat has an armrest onthe side of the seat-back. To use it,pivot it down.

Driver’s Seat Height Adjustment Armrests

Seats

Instruments and Controls 145

LEVER

FRONT

12/04/18 14:47:09 42TF2C00_150

Page 151: Fit Hybrid English Manual

They are most effective when youadjust them so the centre of the backof the occupant’s head rests againstthe centre of the restraint.

The head restraints help protect youand your passengers from thelikelihood of whiplash and otherinjuries.

Your vehicle is equipped with headrestraints in all seating positions tohelp protect you and yourpassengers from the likelihood ofwhiplash and other injuries.

See page for important safetyinformation and a warning aboutimproperly positioning head restraints.

15Head Restraints

Instruments and Controls

Seats

146

12/04/18 14:47:15 42TF2C00_151

Page 152: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The front head restraints adjust forheight. You need both hands toadjust a restraint. Do not attempt toadjust it while driving. To raise it,pull upward. To lower the restraint,push the release button sideways,and push the restraint down.

When you use the head restraint onthe rear seating positions, adjustthem to the highest positions bypulling them upward. You cannot usethese head restraints in the lowerpositions.

CONTINUED

Adjusting the Head Restraint

Seats

Instruments and Controls 147

RELEASEBUTTON

RELEASEBUTTON

Front PositionCUSHION

LEGS SEAT-BACKLEGS

SEAT-BACK

RELEASEBUTTON

CUSHION

Rear Outer Position Rear Centre Position

SEAT-BACKLEGS

CUSHION

12/04/18 14:47:24 42TF2C00_152

Page 153: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To remove a head restraint forcleaning or repair, pull it up as far asit will go. Push the release button,then pull the restraint out of the seat-back.

Make sure the removed headrestraints are securely stored.

When reinstalling a head restraint,put the legs back in place. Thenadjust it to the appropriate heightwhile pressing the release button.

Make sure the head restraint locksin position when you reinstall it.

The left and right rear seat cushionscan be lifted up separately to makeroom for luggage.

Remove any items from the seatbefore you fold up the seat cushion.

When lifting the rear seat cushion up,store the lap belt in the pocket in therear seat back (see page ).

This label on the back ofthe rear seats instructs you

to refer to the owner’s manual forcorrect operation.

150

Removing the Head Restraint

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Folding the Rear Seat Up

148

Failure to reinstall, orcorrectly reinstall, the headrestraints can result in severeinjury during a crash.

Always replace the headrestraints before driving.

12/04/18 14:47:33 42TF2C00_153

Page 154: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Pull up the rear seat cushion, andfold the seat leg down. Push the seatcushion firmly against the seat-backto lock it.

To return the seat cushion to itsoriginal position, first make surethere are no items on the floor, thenpull up the seat leg fully, and pushdown the seat cushion slowly whileholding it with your hands. Set theseat leg in the floor guide. A latchcomes out when the leg is setproperly.

Make sure the seat belt buckles areon the seat. Do not take them out oftheir loops (cushion rubber band).

Seats

Instruments and Controls 149

FLOOR GUIDE

LATCH

Loop

12/04/18 14:47:40 42TF2C00_154

Page 155: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The rear seat-backs can be foldeddown for more luggage room.

Each side folds down separately, soyou can still carry a passenger in therear outer seating position.

Remove any items from the seatbefore folding down the seat-back.

Make sure there are no items on thefloor before folding down the seats.

Fold the seat-back forward.

Lower the rear head restraint toits lowest position.

Pull up the release lever on theoutside of the seat-back.

Store the centre seat belt buckleinto the pocket in the rear seat-back.

1. 2.

3.

4.

Folding the Rear Seats Down

Seats

Instruments and Controls150

12/04/18 14:47:49 42TF2C00_155

Page 156: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Do not put any heavy items on theseat-back when it is folded down.

Reverse this procedure to return theseat-back to the upright position.Make sure the seat is secured andthe seat belt is in front of the seat-back before driving.

Make sure all items in the luggagearea are secured. Loose items can flyforward and cause injury if you haveto brake hard (See

on page ).204

Seats

Instruments and Controls

CarryingLuggage

151

12/04/18 14:47:53 42TF2C00_156

Page 157: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The luggage area cover can beremoved to give you more luggageheight.

To remove the cover, take off thehooks from the tailgate, slide thecover towards the rear, then lift itstraight up.

To install the cover, set the mount-ing rods to the recesses and slide thecover towards the front until it clipsinto place. Make sure it is securelylatched so it will not come loosewhile you are driving.

Lower the tailgate and put the hooksback in place.

Luggage Area Cover

Instruments and Controls152

HOOK MOUNTING ROD

12/04/18 14:48:00 42TF2C00_157

Page 158: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Always take the ignitionkey with you whenever you leave thevehicle alone (with other occupants).

The driver’s door armrest has amaster power window control panel.To open any of the passengers’windows, push down lightly on theappropriate switch, and hold it untilthe window reaches the desiredposition. To close the window, pullback lightly on the window switch.Release the switch when the windowgets to the position you want.

To close the driver’s window fully,pull back the window switch firmly,then release it. The windowautomatically goes all the way up. Tostop the window from going all theway up, push down on the windowswitch briefly.

To open the driver’swindow fully, push the windowswitch firmly down, then release it.The window automatically goesdown all the way. To stop thewindow from going all the way down,pull back on the window switchbriefly.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position to raise or lower anywindow. To open a window, push theswitch down lightly and hold it.Release the switch when you wantthe window to stop. Pull back on theswitch and hold it to close thewindow.

CONTINUED

AUTO

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls 153

Closing a power window onsomeone’s hands or fingerscan cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengersare away from the windowsbefore closing them.

WARNING:

DRIVER’S WINDOW SWITCH

MAIN SWITCH

12/04/18 14:48:08 42TF2C00_158

Page 159: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The driver’s window autoreverse function is disabled whenyou continuously pull up the switch.

Auto reverse stops sensing when thewindow is almost closed. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the windowbefore closing it.

If the driver’swindow senses any obstacle while itis closing automatically, it willreverse direction, and then stop. Toclose the window, remove theobstacle, then use the window switchagain.

The power windows have a key-offdelay. You can still open and closethe windows for up to 10 minutesafter you turn off the ignition switch.The key-off delay cancels as soon asyou open either front door. You mustthen turn the ignition switch to theON (II) position for the powerwindows to operate.

To open or close the driver’s windowpartially, push down or pull back onthe window switch lightly and hold it.The window will stop when yourelease the switch.

When you push the MAIN switch in,the switch is off, and the passengers’windows cannot be raised or lowered.To cancel this feature, push on theswitch again to get it to pop out.Keep the MAIN switch pushed inwhen you have children in thevehicle so they do not injurethemselves by operating thewindows unintentionally.

AUTO REVERSE

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls154

NOTE:

12/04/18 14:48:14 42TF2C00_159

Page 160: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Always take the ignitionkey with you whenever you leave thevehicle alone (with other occupants).

Use the switch on the front ceiling tooperate the sunshade. You must turnthe ignition switch to the ON (II)position to operate the sunshade.

To open the sunshade, pull theswitch rearward and hold it. Releasethe switch when the sunshadereaches the desired position. Pushthe switch forward and hold it toclose the sunshade. Release theswitch to stop the operation.

CONTINUED

Sunshade

Instruments and Controls 155

Opening or closing thesunshade on someone’shands or fingers may causeinjury.

Make sure all hands andfingers are clear of thesunshade before opening orclosing it.

WARNING:

Open

Close

12/04/18 14:48:20 42TF2C00_160

Page 161: Fit Hybrid English Manual

- -To open the sunshadefully, pull the switch rearward firmly,then release it. The sunshadeautomatically opens all the way. Tostop the sunshade from opening,push on the switch briefly.

To close the sunshade fully, push theswitch forward firmly, then release it.The sunshade automatically closesall the way. To stop the sunshadefrom closing, push on the switchbriefly.

To open or close the sunshadepartially, pull or push the sunshadeswitch lightly and hold it. Thesunshade will stop when you releasethe switch.

If thesunshade runs into any obstaclewhile it is closing automatically, itwill reverse direction and then stop.To close the sunshade, remove theobstacle, then use the sunshadeswitch again.

Auto reverse stops sensing when thesunshade is almost closed. Youshould always check that allpassengers and objects are awayfrom the sunshade before closing it.

The sunshade has a key-off delay.You can still open and close thesunshade for up to 10 minutes afteryou turn off the ignition switch. Thekey-off delay cancels as soon as youopen either front door.

AUTO AUTO REVERSE

Sunshade

Instruments and Controls156

12/04/18 14:48:27 42TF2C00_161

Page 162: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Keep the inside and outside mirrorsclean and adjusted for best visibility.Be sure to adjust the mirrors beforeyou start driving.

The inside mirror has day and nightpositions. The night position reducesglare from headlights behind you.Flip the tab on the bottom edge ofthe mirror to select the day or nightposition.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position.

Move the selector switch to L (leftside) or R (right side).

Push the appropriate edge of theadjustment switch to move themirror right, left, up, or down.

When you finish, move theselector switch to the centre (off)position. This turns off theadjustment switch to keep yoursettings.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Adjusting the Power Mirrors

Mirrors

Instruments and Controls 157

TAB

ADJUSTMENT SWITCHSELECTOR SWITCH

12/04/18 14:48:35 42TF2C00_162

Page 163: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Door mirrors can be folded by thefolding switch next to the selectorswitch, which enables you to parkyour vehicle in a limited parkingspace easily. Make sure you fold outthe mirrors before you start driving.With the ignition switch in the ON(II) position, press the folding switchto fold up both outside mirrors simul-taneously. To fold out, press theswitch again.

Never drive your vehicle with theoutside mirrors folded.

Mirrors

Instruments and Controls

Folding Door Mirrors

158

FOLDING SWITCH

12/04/18 14:48:41 42TF2C00_163

Page 164: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To apply the parking brake, pull thelever up fully. To release it, pull upslightly, push the button, and lowerthe lever. The parking brakeindicator on the instrument panelshould go out when the parkingbrake is fully released (see page ).

Driving the vehicle with the parkingbrake applied can damage the rearbrakes and hubs. A beeper willsound if the vehicle is driven withthe parking brake on.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘RELEASE PARKINGBRAKE’’ message on the multi-information display.

70

Parking Brake

Instruments and Controls 159

PARKING BRAKE LEVER

12/04/18 14:48:47 42TF2C00_164

Page 165: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Instruments and Controls

Interior Convenience Items

160

BEVERAGE HOLDERS FRONT CONSOLE BOX/BEVERAGE HOLDER

COAT HOOK

ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET

BEVERAGE HOLDER

UPPER GLOVE BOX/COOL BOX

SEAT UNDER BOX

SUN VISORVANITY MIRROR

GLOVE BOX

12/04/18 14:48:52 42TF2C00_165

Page 166: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Open the upper glove box by pullingup the lever. Push down to close thelid.

Open the glove box by pulling thebottom of the handle. Close it with afirm push.

CONTINUED

Upper Glove BoxGlove Box

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls 161

An open glove box can causeserious injury to yourpassenger in a crash, even ifthe passenger is wearing theseat belt.

Always keep the glove boxesclosed while driving.

LEVER

UPPER GLOVE BOX

GLOVE BOX

12/04/18 14:48:59 42TF2C00_166

Page 167: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Be careful when you are using thebeverage holders. A spilled liquidthat is very hot can scald you or yourpassengers. Spilled liquids can alsodamage the upholstery, carpeting,and electrical components in theinterior.

The front beverage holder is in thecentre console compartment.

The cool air is diverted from the airconditioning system into the upperglove box through the air vent.

Use only resealable containers orkeep unopened cans in the upperglove box. Spilled liquids can damagethe upholstery and electricalcomponents in the upper glove boxand inside the dashboard. Make sureto close the air vent by turning thedial upward when it is not used.

If you use the heating, the warmedair is diverted into the upper glovebox with the air vent opened.

You can store beverage bottles andcans in the upper glove box, andkeep them cool with the airconditioning system. To keep theinside of the upper glove box cool,open the upper glove box, then openthe air vent on the passenger’s sideby turning the dial downward. Turnon the air conditioning (see page

), and set the mode control to‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’ position.173

Cool Box Beverage Holders

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls162

Close

Open

DIAL

12/04/18 14:49:08 42TF2C00_167

Page 168: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The beverage holders for the rearpassengers are located on the upper-rear section of the centre console.

There are also front beverageholders in each side of theinstrument panel.

Instruments and Controls

Interior Convenience Items

163

FRONTDriver’s side REAR

FRONTCentre

12/04/18 14:49:15 42TF2C00_168

Page 169: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To use the sun visor, pull it down.You can also use the sun visor at theside window. Remove the supportrod from the clip and swing the sunvisor toward the side window.

Make sure you put the sun visorback in place when you are gettinginto or out of the vehicle.

The seat under box is underneaththe left rear seat cushion. To open it,fold the left rear seat cushion up(see page ), and turn the handles.To close it, turn the handles andmake sure the circle marks arealigned.

You can remove the divider to storelarger items. Pull it out to remove it.When reinstalling it, line up thetriangle marks on the divider andfront console box.

149

Sun VisorSeat Under BoxFront Console Box

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls164

Close

Open

DDIIVVIIDDEERR

12/04/18 14:49:24 42TF2C00_169

Page 170: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To use a coat hook, slide it outslightly, then pull it down.

Make sure the coat hook is folded upwhen you are not using it. This hookis not designed for large or heavyitems.

To use the vanity mirror on the backof the sun visor, pull up the cover.

Your vehicle has an accessory powersocket in the front console panel.

To use the accessory power socket,pull up the cover. The ignition switchmust be in the ACCESSORY (I) orON (II) position.

CONTINUED

Coat HookVanity Mirror Accessory Power Socket

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls 165

GRAB RAIL

COAT HOOKVANITY MIRROR

12/04/18 14:49:34 42TF2C00_170

Page 171: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This socket is intended to supplypower for 12 volt DC accessoriesthat are rated 120 watts or less (10amps).

It will not power an automotive typecigarette lighter element.

It is recommended that thisaccessory socket is used for genuineHonda accessories.

Make sure to put the socket coverback in place to prevent any smallforeign objects from getting into thesocket.

The ceiling light has a three-positionswitch: ON, Door Activated, andOFF. In the Door Activated (centre)position, the light comes on whenyou:

Open any door.

Remove the key from the ignitionswitch. If you do not open a door,the light fades out in about 30seconds.

Unlock the driver’s door with themaster door lock switch, lock tab,key, or the remote transmitter.

After all doors are closed tightly, thelight dims slightly, then fades out inabout 30 seconds. The light turns offbefore 30 seconds have elapsed ifyou insert the key into the ignitionswitch.

If you leave any door open withoutthe key in the ignition switch, theceiling light will go off after about 15minutes.

Interior Convenience Items, Interior Lights

Instruments and Controls

Ceiling Light

166

DOOR ACTIVATED

ON

OFF

12/04/18 14:49:44 42TF2C00_171

Page 172: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle has a luggage area lighton the left side panel in the luggagearea. The luggage area light comeson when you open the tailgate.

The spotlights (with the switch inthe DOOR position) also come onwhen you open any door, unlock thedoor with the key, lock tab on thedriver’s door, master door lockswitch, or the remote transmitter,and when you remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

The spotlights have a two-positionswitch. In the DOOR position, thelights come on when you open anydoor. In the OFF position, the lightsdo not come on.

Instruments and Controls

Interior Lights

Luggage Area LightSpotlights

167

12/04/18 14:49:51 42TF2C00_172

Page 173: Fit Hybrid English Manual

168

12/04/18 14:49:53 42TF2C00_173

Page 174: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The climate control system in yourvehicle provides a comfortabledriving environment in all weatherconditions.

The standard audio system on somemodels has many features. Thissection describes those features andhow to use them.

Your vehicle has an anti-theft audiosystem that requires a code numberto enable it.

...............Climate Control System . 170................................Audio System . 177

..................Protecting Your Discs . 188......................Auxiliary Input Jack . 191

.................Radio Theft Protection . 191..........................Setting the Clock . 192

............................Security System . 193

Features

Features 169

12/04/18 14:49:58 42TF2C00_174

Page 175: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The automatic climate controlsystem in your vehicle maintains theinterior temperature you select. Thesystem also adjusts the fan speedand airflow levels.

To activate the climate controlsystem, the engine must be running.

The direction of airflow from thevents in the centre and each side ofthe dashboard is adjustable.

To adjust the airflow from eachcentre vent, move the tab up-and-down and side-to-side.

The vents in the corners of thedashboard can be opened and closedwith the upper and lower flaps. Toopen it, push in the flap as shown. Toclose the vent, push the bottom ofeither flap. To adjust the airflowfrom the vent, push in the flap toopen it, then move the flap up-and-down and rotate the vent.

Features

Climate Control System

170

TABS

FLAP

Push

CENTRE VENTS

12/04/18 14:50:04 42TF2C00_175

Page 176: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Climate Control System

Features 171

FLAP

12/04/18 14:50:09 42TF2C00_176

Page 177: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To put the automatic climate controlin fully-automatic mode:

Press the AUTO button.

Set the desired temperature withthe temperature control buttons.You will see AUTO in the system’sdisplay.

1.

2.

Climate Control System

Features

Fully-automatic Operation

172

AUTO BUTTON

AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) BUTTON

MODE BUTTON

FAN CONTROL BUTTONS

TEMPERATURECONTROLBUTTONS

ON/OFF BUTTON

WINDSCREENDEMISTER BUTTON

REAR WINDOWDEMISTER BUTTON

FRESH AIR BUTTON

RECIRCULATIONBUTTON

12/04/18 14:50:15 42TF2C00_177

Page 178: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲ ▼

▼▲

The system automatically selects theproper mix of conditioned and/orheated air that will, as quickly aspossible, raise or lower the interiortemperature to your preference.

You can manually select variousfunctions of the climate controlsystem when it is in fully-automaticmode. All other features remainautomatically controlled. Making anymanual selection causes the wordAUTO in the display to go out.

To adjust the desired temperature,push the temperature controlbuttons ( or ).

This button turns the airconditioning on and off. You will seeA/C ON or A/C OFF in the display.

When you turn the A/C off, thesystem cannot regulate the insidetemperature if you set thetemperature below the outsidetemperature.

Select the fan speed by pressing thefan control buttons ( or

). The fan speed isrepresented by horizontal bars in thedisplay.

During the auto idle stop, the airconditioning system will be turnedoff. If the ECON mode is selected,the fan may also be turned off.

When you set the temperature to itslower limit ( ) or its upper limit( ), the system runs at fullcooling or heating only. It does notregulate the interior temperature.

In cold weather, the fan will notcome on automatically until theheater starts to develop warm air.

CONTINUED

Semi-automatic Operation

Climate Control System

Features

Fan Control Buttons

Temperature Control Buttons

Air Conditioning (A/C) Button

173

12/04/18 14:50:28 42TF2C00_178

Page 179: Fit Hybrid English Manual

These two buttons control thesource of air going into the system.In fresh air mode , air comesfrom outside the vehicle. Inrecirculation mode , theinterior air recycles through thesystem.

When you turn off bypressing the button again, thesystem returns to its former settings.

For your safety, make sure you havea clear view through all the windowsbefore driving.

This button directs the main airflowto the windscreen for fasterdefrosting. It also overrides anymode selection you may have made.

The outside air intakes for theclimate control system are at thebase of the windscreen. Keep thisarea clear of leaves and other debris.

The system should be left in freshair mode under almost all conditions.Keeping the system in recirculationmode, particularly with the A/C off,can cause the windows to fog up.

Switch to recirculation mode whendriving through dusty or smokyconditions, then return to fresh airmode.

This button turns the rear windowdemister on and off (see page ).

When you select , the systemautomatically turns on the A/C. Forfaster defrosting, manually set thefan speed to high. You can alsoincrease airflow to the windscreenby closing the corner vents on thedashboard.

126

Climate Control System

Features

Fresh Air and RecirculationButtons

Windscreen Demister Button

Rear Window Demister Button

174

12/04/18 14:50:39 42TF2C00_179

Page 180: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Air flows from the centreand corner vents in the dashboard.

Airflow is divided betweenthe vents in the dashboard and thefloor vents.

Air flows from the floorvents.

Airflow is divided betweenthe floor vents and demister vents atthe base of the windscreen.

Use the MODE button to select thevents the air flows from. Some airwill flow from the dashboard cornervents in all modes.

Each time you press the MODEbutton, the display shows the modeselected.

Keep the system off for shortperiods only.

To keep stale air and mustinessfrom collecting, you should havethe fan running at all times.

To turn the system completely off,press the ON/OFF button.

Climate Control System

Features

Mode Button To Turn Everything Off

175

12/04/18 14:50:50 42TF2C00_180

Page 181: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The climate control system has threesensors. A sunlight sensor is in thetop of the dashboard, and thetemperature and humidity sensorsare next to the steering column. Donot cover the sensors or spill anyliquid on them.

Climate Control System

Features

Sunlight, Temperature, andHumidity Sensors

176

TEMPERATURE ANDHUMIDITY SENSORS

SSUUNNLLIIGGHHTT SSEENNSSOORR

12/04/18 14:50:56 42TF2C00_181

Page 182: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) positionto operate the audio system. Turnthe system on by pushing the

button, or the AM/FM button.Adjust the volume by turning theknob.

The band and frequency that theradio was last tuned to are displayed.To change bands, press the AM/FMbutton. On the FM band, ST will bedisplayed if the station isbroadcasting in stereo. Stereoreproduction in AM is not available.

On the AM band, AM noisereduction turns on automatically.

Features

Playing the Radio To Play the Radio

Audio System

177

AUTO SELECTBUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

DISPLAY

VOL KNOB

SELECT BUTTON

ST INDICATOR

AM/FM BUTTON

SOUND BUTTON

PRESETBUTTONS

TUNE/SEEKBUTTONS

BUTTON

CD BUTTON

12/04/18 14:51:05 42TF2C00_182

Page 183: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-The scan function samples

all stations with strong signals on theselected band. To activate it, pressthe SCAN button, then release it.You will see SCAN in the display.When the system finds a strongsignal, it will stop and play thatstation for about 10 seconds.

The SEEK functionsearches up and down from thecurrent frequency to find a stationwith a strong signal. To activate it,press and hold the or

button until you hear a beep.

You can use any of five methods tofind radio stations on the selectedband: tune, seek, scan, the presetbuttons, and auto select.

Use the TUNE button totune the radio to a desired frequency.Press the button to tune to ahigher frequency, and press the

button to tune to a lowerfrequency.

You can also use the select buttonand VOL knob to tune the radio to adesired frequency. Push the selectbutton. You will see ‘‘ ’’ in thedisplay. Turn the VOL knobclockwise to tune to a higherfrequency, or anticlockwise to tuneto a lower frequency.

The mode will be cancelled about 10seconds after you stop adjusting theknob. If you want to cancel the modewithin 10 seconds, push the selectbutton, ( ) button, or ( )button.

If you do nothing, the system willscan for the next strong station andplay it for 10 seconds. When it playsa station that you want to listen to,press the SCAN button again.

Features

SCAN

SEEKTo Select a Station

TUNE

Audio System

178

12/04/18 14:51:14 42TF2C00_183

Page 184: Fit Hybrid English Manual

--

If you aretravelling and can no longer receiveyour preset stations, you can use theauto select feature to find stations inthe local area.

You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed afterpressing a preset button if autoselect cannot find a strong station forevery preset button.

If you do not like the stations autoselect has stored, you can storeother frequencies on the presetbuttons as previously described.

press theA. SEL button. This restores thepresets you originally set.

Use the tune, seek, or scanfunction to tune the radio to adesired station.

Each preset button canstore one frequency on AM and twofrequencies on FM.

Select the desired band, AM orFM. You can store one frequencyon FM1, and one frequency onFM2 with each preset button.

Pick the preset number (1 6),then press and hold it until youhear a beep.

Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store atotal of six stations on AM andtwelve stations on FM.

Press the A. SEL button. You will seeA. SEL flashing in the display, andthe system goes into scan mode forseveral seconds. It stores thefrequencies of six AM, and twelveFM stations in the preset buttons.

1.

2.

3.

4.

To turn off Auto Select,

AUTO SELECTPreset

Features

Audio System

179

12/04/18 14:51:22 42TF2C00_184

Page 185: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The SVC has four modes: SVC OFF,SVC LOW, SVC MID, and SVCHIGH. Turn the selector knob toadjust the setting to your liking. Ifyou feel the sound is too loud,choose low. If you feel the sound istoo quiet, choose high.

The SVC mode controls the volumebased on vehicle speed. The fasteryou go, the louder the audio volumebecomes. As you slow down, theaudio volume decreases.

Each mode is shown in the display asit changes. Turn the VOL knob toadjust the setting to your liking.

When the level reaches centre, youwill see a ‘‘C’’ in the display. Eachtime the level reaches maximum,minimum or centre, you will hear abeep.

Wait 10 seconds and the displayreturns to normal.

Press the SOUND ( ) buttonrepeatedly to display the BASS,TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE, andSVC (speed-sensitive volumecompensation) settings.

Adjusts the bass.

Adjusts the treble.

Adjusts the front-to-backstrength of the sound.

Adjusts the side-to-side strength of the sound.

Adjusts the volume levelbased on the vehicle speed.

Except for SVC

Speed-sensitive VolumeCompensation (SVC)

Audio System

Features

Adjusting the Sound

BASS

TREBLE

FADER

BALANCE

SVC

180

12/04/18 14:51:33 42TF2C00_185

Page 186: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To load or play discs, the ignitionswitch must be in the ACCESSORY(I) or ON (II) position.

Do not use discs with adhesive labels.The label can curl up and cause thedisc to jam in the unit.

You operate the disc player with thesame controls used for the radio. Toselect the disc player, press the CDbutton. You will see ‘‘CD’’ in thedisplay. The number of the trackplaying and the elapsed time areshown in the display. You can alsoselect the displayed information withthe TITLE button (see page ).The system will continuously play adisc until you change modes.

183

CONTINUED

Playing a Disc To Play a Disc

Audio System

Features 181

VOL KNOB

BUTTON

SELECT BUTTON

TITLE BUTTON

BUTTON

BUTTON

AM/FMBUTTON

CD BUTTON

SKIPBUTTONS

DISPLAY EJECT BUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

RPT BUTTON

RDM BUTTON

12/04/18 14:51:43 42TF2C00_186

Page 187: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This audio system can also playCD-Rs and CD-RWs compressed inMP3 or WMA standard. You canselect up to 99 folders, or up to 255tracks/files.

Video CDs and DVDs do not work inthis unit.

If a file on a WMA disc is protectedby digital rights management(DRM), the audio unit displaysUNSUPPORTED, and then skips tothe next file.

Depending on the software the fileswere made with, it may not bepossible to play some files, or displaysome text data.

Audio System

Features182

NOTE:

12/04/18 14:51:48 42TF2C00_187

Page 188: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The display shows up to 16characters of selected text data (thefolder name, file name, etc.). If thetext data has more than 16characters, you will see the first 15characters and the indicator inthe display. Press and hold theTITLE button until the next 16characters are shown.

You will also see some text dataunder these conditions:

When a new folder, file, or track isselected.

When you change the audio modeto play a disc with text data or inMP3 or WMA.

When you insert a disc, and thesystem begins to play.

Each time you press the TITLEbutton, the display shows you thetext, if the disc was recorded withtext data.

You can see the album, artist, andtrack name in the display. If a disc isrecorded in MP3 or WMA, you cansee the folder and file name, and theartist, album, and track tag.

Insert a disc about halfway into thedisc slot. The drive will pull the discin the rest of the way and begin toplay it. The number of the trackplaying is shown in the display. Thesystem will continuously play a discuntil you change modes.

If the disc has a complex structure, itwill take a while to read the discbefore the system begins to play it.

You cannot load and play 8-cm discsin this system.

CONTINUED

Text Data Display FunctionTo Load a Disc

Audio System

Features 183

12/04/18 14:51:58 42TF2C00_188

Page 189: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Each time you press andrelease the SKIP button, theplayer skips forward to thebeginning of the next track (file inMP3 or WMA mode). Press andrelease to skip backward to thebeginning of the current track. Pressit again to skip to the beginning ofthe previous track.

Toselect a different folder, press the

button or button. Pressthe side to skip to the nextfolder, and press the side toskip to the beginning of the previousfolder.

To move rapidly within a track or file,press and hold ( or ) of theSKIP button.

You can also select a folder or track/file directly by using the selectbutton and VOL knob. Push theselect button. You will see ‘‘ ’’ inthe display. Turn the VOL knob toselect a track, then push the selectbutton to play your selection. In MP3or WMA mode, turn the knob toselect a folder, push the button to setthe selected folder, and turn theknob again to select a file, then pushthe button to play the selected file.

When playing a CD-DA with textdata, the album and track name areshown in the display. With MP3 orWMA files on a disc, the displayshows the folder and file name.

You can use the SKIP buttons whilea disc is playing to select passagesand change tracks (files in MP3/WMA mode).

In MP3 or WMA mode, use thebutton or button to select

folders in the disc and use the SKIPbuttons to change files.

In MP3 or WMA mode

SKIP

FOLDER SELECTION

To Change or Select Tracks/Files

Audio System

Features184

12/04/18 14:52:10 42TF2C00_189

Page 190: Fit Hybrid English Manual

--To continuously replay

a track (files in MP3 or WMA mode),press and release the RPT button.You will see ‘‘RPT’’ in the display.Press and hold the RPT button for 2seconds to turn it off.

This feature,when activated, replays all the filesin the selected folder in the orderthey are compressed in MP3/WMA.To activate folder repeat mode, pressthe RPT button repeatedly until yousee F-RPT in the display. The systemcontinuously replays the currentfolder. Press and hold the RPTbutton to turn it off.

Each time you press and release theRPT button, the mode changes fromfile repeat to folder repeat, then tonormal play.

The SCAN functionsamples all the tracks on the disc inthe order they are recorded on thedisc (all files in the current folder inMP3 or WMA mode). To activate thescan feature, press and release theSCAN button. You will see ‘‘SCAN’’in the display. You will get a 10second sampling of each track/file inthe disc/folder. Press and hold theSCAN button to get out of scanmode and play the last track sampled.

The system plays the first file in thefirst folder for about 10 seconds. Ifyou do nothing, the system will thenplay the first files in the next foldersfor 10 seconds. After playing the firstfile in the last folder, the systemplays normally.

This feature,when activated, samples the first fileof each folder on the disc. Toactivate folder scan, press the SCANbutton twice. You will see F-SCAN inthe display.

In MP3 or WMA mode

In MP3 or WMA mode

CONTINUED

REPEAT (TRACK/FILEREPEAT)

FOLDER-REPEAT

SCANFOLDER SCAN

Audio System

Features 185

12/04/18 14:52:18 42TF2C00_190

Page 191: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This feature plays thetracks within a disc (the files withina disc in MP3 or WMA mode) inrandom order. To activate randomplay, press and release the RDMbutton. In MP3 or WMA mode, pressthe RDM button repeatedly to selectRDM (within a disc random play).You will see RDM in the display.Press the RDM button for 2 secondsto return to normal play.

Thisfeature, when activated, plays thefiles within a current folder inrandom order, rather than in theorder they are compressed in MP3or WMA. To active folder randomplay, press and release the RDMbutton. You will see F-RDM in thedisplay. Press and hold the RDMbutton to return to normal play.

You can also eject the disc when theignition switch is off.

If you turn the system off while adisc is playing, either with the( ) button or by turning off theignition switch, the disc will stay inthe drive. When you turn the systemback on, the disc will begin playingwhere it left off.

For information on how to handleand protect compact discs, see page

.

Press the eject button ( ) toremove the disc. If you eject the disc,but do not remove it from the slot,the system will automatically reloadthe disc after 10 seconds and put it inpause mode. To begin playing, pressthe CD button.

To play the radio when a disc isplaying, press the AM/FM button.Press the CD button again to switchback to the disc player.

188

In MP3 or WMA mode

To Stop Playing a DiscRANDOM (Random within adisc)

FOLDER RANDOM

Protecting Discs

Audio System

Features186

12/04/18 14:52:27 42TF2C00_191

Page 192: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The chart on the right explains theerror messages you may see in thedisplay while playing a disc.

If you see an error message in thedisplay while playing a disc, pressthe eject button. After ejecting thedisc, check it for damage ordeformation. If there is no damage,insert the disc again.

For additional information ondamaged discs, see page .

The audio system will try to play thedisc. If there is still a problem, theerror message will reappear. Pressthe eject button, and pull out the disc.Insert a different disc. If the newdisc plays, there is a problem withthe first disc. If the error messagecycle repeats and you cannot clear it,take your vehicle to a dealer.

CauseError Message Solution

189

High temperature

Track/File format notsupported

Mechanical Error

Servo Error

Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.Current track will be skipped. The nextsupported track or file plays automatically.Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc.Check the disc for serious damage, signs ofdeformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt(see page 189). Insert the disc again. If the codedoes not disappear, or the disc cannot beremoved, consult your dealer. Do not try toforce the disc out of the player.

Disc Player Error Messages

Audio System

Features 187

HEAT ERROR

UNSUPPORTED

BAD DISCPLEASE CHECK

OWNERSMANUAL PUSH

EJECTBAD DISC

PLEASE CHECKOWNERSMANUAL

12/04/18 14:52:34 42TF2C00_192

Page 193: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When using CD-R or CD-RW discs,use only high quality discs labelledfor audio use.

When recording a CD-R orCD-RW, the recording must beclosed for it to be used by thesystem.

Play only standard round discs.Odd-shaped discs may jam in thedrive or cause other problems.

Handle your discs properly toprevent damage and skipping.

Do not use discs with adhesive labels.The label can curl up and cause thedisc to jam in the unit.

When a disc is not being played,store it in its case to protect it fromdust and other contamination. Toprevent warpage, keep discs out ofdirect sunlight and extreme heat.

To clean a disc, use a clean soft cloth.Wipe across the disc from the centreto the outside edge.

A new disc may be rough on theinner and outer edges. The smallplastic pieces causing this roughnesscan flake off and fall on therecording surface of the disc,causing skipping or other problems.Remove these pieces by rubbing theinner and outer edges with the sideof a pencil or pen.

Never try to insert foreign objects inthe disc player.

Handle a disc by its edges; nevertouch either surface. Do not placestabilizer rings or labels on the disc.These, along with contaminationfrom fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tippens, can cause the disc to not playproperly, or possibly jam in the drive.

General Information Protecting Discs

Features

Protecting Your Discs

188

12/04/18 14:52:44 42TF2C00_193

Page 194: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Examples of these discs are shownto the right:

Bubbled, wrinkled, labelled, and excessively thick discs

Poor quality discsDamaged discs

The in-dash disc player has asophisticated and delicatemechanism. If you insert a damageddisc as indicated in this section, itmay become stuck inside anddamage the audio unit.

1.

2. 3.

CONTINUED

Protecting Your Discs

Additional Information onRecommended Discs

Features 189

Warped Burrs

With PlasticRing

Bubbled/Wrinkled

With Label/Sticker

Using PrinterLabel Kit

Sealed

Chipped/Cracked

12/04/18 14:52:56 42TF2C00_194

Page 195: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Small, irregular shaped discs Discs with scratches, dirty discs

CD-R or CD-RW may not play dueto the recording conditions.

Scratches and fingerprints on thediscs may cause the sound to skip.

Recommended discs are printedwith the following logo.

Audio unit may not play thefollowing formats.

This audio unit cannot play a Dual-disc .

4. 5.

Protecting Your Discs

Features190

Fingerprints, scratches, etc.

Triangle Shape

Arrow ShapeCan Shape

8-cm CD

12/04/18 14:53:07 42TF2C00_195

Page 196: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, the audiosystem will disable itself. If thishappens, you will see ‘‘ENTERCODE’’ in the frequency display thenext time you turn on the system.Use the preset buttons to enter thecode. The code is on the radio codecard included in your owner’smanual kit. When it is enteredcorrectly, the radio will start playing.

If you make a mistake entering thecode, do not start over; complete thefive-digit sequence, then enter thecorrect code. You have ten tries toenter the correct code. If you areunsuccessful in ten attempts, youmust then leave the system on forone hour before trying again.

The system will retain your AM andFM presets even if power isdisconnected.

Your vehicle’s audio system willdisable itself if it is disconnectedfrom electrical power for any reason.To make it work again, you mustenter a specific five-digit code usingthe preset buttons. Because thereare hundreds of numbercombinations possible from the five-digits, making the system workwithout knowing the exact code isnearly impossible.

You should have received a card thatlists your audio system’s code andserial numbers. It is best to store thiscard in a safe place at home. Inaddition, you should write the audiosystem’s serial number in this owner’smanual.

If you lose the card, you must obtainthe code number from a dealer. Todo this, you will need the system’sserial number.

The auxiliary input jack is on theaudio unit. The system will acceptauxiliary input from standard audioaccessories.

When you plug in a mini-jack cablebetween a compatible audio unit andthe jack, you will see AUX in thedisplay and the system automaticallyswitches to AUX mode.

Radio Theft ProtectionAuxiliary Input Jack

Auxiliary Input Jack, Radio Theft Protection

Features 191

12/04/18 14:53:16 42TF2C00_196

Page 197: Fit Hybrid English Manual

You can quickly set the time to thenearest hour. If the displayed time isbefore the half hour, press and holdthe CLOCK button, then press the R(reset) button to set the time back tothe previous hour. If the displayedtime is after the half hour, the sameprocedure sets the time forward tothe beginning of the next hour.

For example: 1:06 will reset to 1:001:52 will reset to 2:00

Change the hours by pressing the H(hour) button until the numbersadvance to the desired time. Changethe minutes by pressing the M(minute) button until the numbersadvance to the desired time.

Press the CLOCK button again toenter the set time.

To set the time, press the CLOCK(AM/FM) button until you hear abeep, then release the button. Thedisplayed time begins to blink.

Setting the Clock

Features192

R (RESET) BUTTONH (HOUR) BUTTON

M (MINUTE) BUTTON

CLOCK BUTTON (AM/FM BUTTON)

12/04/18 14:53:23 42TF2C00_197

Page 198: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The security system helps to protectyour vehicle and valuables from theft.The horn sounds and the turn signallights flash if someone attempts tobreak into your vehicle or removethe radio. This alarm continues for30 seconds, then the system resets.If the cause of the alarm continues,alarming will repeat several times atabout 5-second intervals.

The security system setsautomatically 15 seconds after youlock the doors, bonnet, and tailgate.For the system to activate, you mustlock the doors and the tailgate fromthe outside with the key or remotetransmitter. The security systemindicator on the instrument panelstarts blinking immediately to showyou the system is setting itself.

To turn off an activated systembefore 30 seconds have elapsed,unlock the driver’s door with theremote transmitter.

CONTINUED

Security System

Features 193

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:53:29 42TF2C00_198

Page 199: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it.

When you lock the doors and thetailgate with the key or the remotetransmitter, all outside turn signalsand both indicators in the instrumentpanel flash three times to verify thedoors and the tailgate are locked andthe security system has set. Whenyou unlock them, these lights flashonce.

The security system also sets afteryou lock the doors with the lock tabon the driver’s door while pulling theoutside door handle.

The security system will not set ifthe bonnet, tailgate, or any door isnot fully closed. If the system will notset, check the door and tailgate openindicators on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ), to see if thedoors and tailgate are fully closed.Since there is no bonnet indicator,manually check the bonnet.

Once the security system is set,opening any door or tailgate (withoutusing the remote transmitter), or thebonnet, will cause it to alarm. It alsoalarms if the audio unit is removedfrom the dashboard or the wiring iscut.

The alarm also activates if apassenger inside the locked vehicleturns the ignition switch on.

Unlocking the doors with the keywill cause the security system toalarm. Make sure you always unlockthe doors with the remotetransmitter.

13

Security System

Features194

12/04/18 14:53:36 42TF2C00_199

Page 200: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Before you begin driving yourvehicle, you should know what fuelto use and how to check the levels ofimportant fluids. You also need toknow how to properly store luggageor packages. The information in thissection will help you. If you plan toadd any accessories to your vehicle,please read the information in thissection first.

.............................Break-in Period . 196.................Fuel Recommendation . 196

.........Service Station Procedures . 197....................................Refueling . 197

Opening and Closing.............................the Bonnet . 198

...................................Oil Check . 199.............Engine Coolant Check . 200

...............................Fuel Economy . 201...Accessories and Modifications . 202

.........................Carrying Luggage . 204...................................Air Intake . 207

Before Driving

Before Driving 195

12/04/18 14:53:40 42TF2C00_200

Page 201: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle is designed to operateon unleaded petrol with 91 ResearchOctane Number (RON) or higher.

Petrol of the recommendedResearch Octane Number (RON)may not be available in some areas.In this case, petrol of a lower octanemay be used temporarily if it doesnot cause engine ‘‘knocking.’’ Thiswill result in decreased engineperformance.

Using petrol containing lead willdamage your vehicle’s emissionscontrols and engine. This contributesto air pollution.

Help assure your vehicle’s futurereliability and performance by payingextra attention to how you driveduring the first 1,000 km. Duringthis period:

You should also follow theserecommendations with anoverhauled or exchanged engine, orwhen the brakes are replaced.

Do not change the oil until thescheduled maintenance time.

Avoid hard braking for the first300 km.

Avoid full-throttle starts and rapidacceleration.

Break-in Period Fuel Recommendation

Before Driving

Break-in Period, Fuel Recommendation

196

12/04/18 14:53:48 42TF2C00_201

Page 202: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Remove the fuel fill cap slowly.You may hear a hissing sound aspressure inside the tank equalizes.

Place the fuel fill cap in the holderon the fuel fill door. To preventthe fuel fill cap from becoming lost,it is attached to the fuel filler witha tether.

Park with the left side closest tothe service station pump.

Make sure the driver’s door isunlocked. The fuel fill door alwayslocks or unlocks in conjunctionwith the driver’s door.

With the driver’s door locked, thefuel fill door is also locked.

Outside of the vehicle, push on theright side edge of the fuel fill doorin the middle until you hear a click.The fuel fill door will pop upslightly. Pull it outward to open it.

2.

3.

4.1.

Before Driving

Service Station Procedures

Refueling

197

Petrol is highly flammableand explosive. You can beburned or seriously injuredwhen handling fuel.

Stop the engine, and keepheat, sparks, and flameaway.Handle fuel only outdoors.Wipe up spills immediately.

HOLDER

FUEL FILLCAP

TETHER

Pull out

FUEL FILL DOOR

Push

12/04/18 14:53:59 42TF2C00_202

Page 203: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Stop filling the tank after the fuelnozzle automatically clicks off. Donot try to ‘‘top off’’ the tank. Thisleaves some room in the fuel tankfor the fuel to expand withtemperature changes.

Park the vehicle, and set theparking brake. Pull the bonnetrelease handle under the lowercorner of the dashboard. Thebonnet will pop up slightly.

If the bonnet latch handle movesstiffly, or if you can open thebonnet without lifting the handle,the mechanism should be cleanedand lubricated.

Put your fingers between the frontedge of the bonnet and the frontgrille. The bonnet latch handle isabove the ‘‘H’’ logo. Push thishandle up to release the bonnet.Lift the bonnet.

Screw the fuel fill cap back onuntil it clicks at least once.

Push the fuel fill door closed untilit latches. If the door won’t closefully, do not force it. Unlock thedrivers door first.

The fuel door and its latchingmechanism can be permanentlydamaged if the fuel door is forcedclosed when the driver’s door islocked.

5.

6.

7.

2.1.

Before Driving

Service Station Procedures

Opening and Closing the Bonnet

198

BONNET RELEASE HANDLE LLAATTCCHH

12/04/18 14:54:09 42TF2C00_203

Page 204: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Holding the grip, pull the supportrod out of its clip. Insert the endinto the hole in the bonnetdesignated by an arrow.

All engines consume oil as part oftheir normal operation, therefore,the engine oil level must be checkedregularly, for example whenrefuelling. Always check the oilbefore a long journey.

While the auto idle stop function isactivated, the engine is stopped butthe ignition switch is in the ON (II)position. Do not open the bonnet asthe engine components are hot.

The amount of oil consumeddepends on how the vehicle is drivenand the climatic and road conditionsencountered. The rate of oilconsumption can be up to 1 litre per1,000 km. Consumption is likely to behigher when the engine is new.

Make sure the engine is warmed upand the vehicle is parked on levelground. Turn off the engine and waitapproximately 3 minutes beforechecking the oil level.

To close the bonnet, lift it up slightlyto remove the support rod from thehole. Put the support rod back intoits holding clip. Lower the bonnet toabout 30 cm above the fender, thenlet it drop. Make sure it is securelylatched.

3.

Service Station Procedures

Before Driving

Oil Check

199

CCLLIIPPSSUUPPPPOORRTT RROODD

12/04/18 14:54:18 42TF2C00_204

Page 205: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Refer toon page for information

about checking other items on yourvehicle.

Look at the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Make sure it isbetween the MAX and MIN lines. Ifit is below the MIN line, see

on page forinformation on adding the propercoolant.

Remove the dipstick (orangehandle).

Remove the dipstick carefully, soyou do not spill the oil. Spilled oilcould damage components in theengine compartment.

Wipe off the dipstick with a cleancloth or paper towel.

Insert it all the way back in its tube.

Remove the dipstick again, andcheck the level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

If it is near or below the lower mark,see on page .

4.1.

2.

3.

245255

252

Service Station Procedures

Before Driving

Owner’s MaintenanceChecks

AddingEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant Check

Adding Engine Oil

200

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

MAX

MIN

RESERVE TANKDDIIPPSSTTIICCKK

For some types

12/04/18 14:54:29 42TF2C00_205

Page 206: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Always maintain your vehicleaccording to the maintenanceschedule. See

(see page).

an underinflated tyrecauses more ‘‘rolling resistance,’’which uses more fuel.

The build-up of snow or mud onyour vehicle’s underside addsweight and rolling resistance.Frequent cleaning helps your fueleconomy and reduces the chanceof corrosion.

Drive moderately. Rapidacceleration, abrupt cornering,and hard braking use more fuel.

Try to drive always in the Dposition.

You may find that your vehicleunique combination of an engineand an electric motor has drivingcharacteristics that are somewhatdifferent from what you are usedto.

Try to maintain a constant speed.Every time you slow down andspeed up, your vehicle uses extrafuel.

Wind resistance causes vehicles touse more fuel at higher speeds.Driving at moderate speeds on themotorway also reduces windresistance and conserves fuel.

The instant fuel economy gaugeand the ambient meter allow youto monitor your fuel economy andadjust your driving habits to savefuel.

Combine several short trips intoone.

Use the ECON mode as much aspossible.

The air conditioning puts an extraload on the engine which makes ituse more fuel. Use the fresh-airventilation when possible.

Using the ECON ON mode withthe A/C off is the most effectiveway to get the best fuel economy.

249

For example,

Improving Fuel Economy

Owner’sMaintenance Checks

Fuel Economy

Before Driving 201

12/04/18 14:54:41 42TF2C00_206

Page 207: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When properly installed, cellularphones, alarms, two-way radios,radio antenna, and low-poweredaudio systems should not interferewith your vehicle’s computercontrolled systems, such as yourairbags and anti-lock brakes.

You may notice that using the A/Ccauses a greater drop in fueleconomy than you are used to inother vehicles. Although the amountof extra fuel used by the A/C load onthe engine is no greater than othervehicles, it is more noticeablebecause of your vehicle’s excellentfuel economy. Using the A/C in hotweather may result in fuel economythat is lower than expected.

Although non-Honda accessoriesmay fit on your vehicle, they may notmeet factory specifications, andcould adversely affect your vehicle’shandling, stability, and reliability.

Your dealer has genuine Hondaaccessories that allow you topersonalize your vehicle. Theseaccessories have been designed andapproved for your vehicle.

Modifying your vehicle, or installingnon-Honda accessories, may make itunsafe. Before you make anymodifications or add any accessories,be sure to read the followinginformation.

Before Driving

Fuel Economy, Accessories and Modifications

Accessories

Accessories and Modifications

202

Improper accessories ormodifications can affect yourvehicle’s handling, stability,and performance, and causea crash in which you can behurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regardingaccessories andmodifications.

12/04/18 14:54:48 42TF2C00_207

Page 208: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Larger or smaller wheels and tyrescan interfere with the operation ofyour vehicle’s anti-lock brakes andother systems.

Modifying your steering wheel orany other part of your vehicle’ssafety features can make thesystems ineffective.

Removing parts from your vehicle,or replacing components withnon-Honda components couldseriously affect your vehicle’shandling, stability, and reliability.

Some examples are:Lowering your vehicle with anon-Honda suspension kit thatsignificantly reduces groundclearance can allow theundercarriage to hit speed bumpsor other raised objects, whichcould cause the airbags to deploy.

Raising your vehicle with anon-Honda suspension kit canaffect the handling, stability, andreliability.

Non-Honda wheels, because theyare a universal design, can causeexcessive stress on suspensioncomponents.

Before installing any accessory:

Make sure the accessory does notobscure any lights, or interferewith proper vehicle operation orperformance.

Be sure electronic accessories donot overload electrical circuits(see page ) or interfere withproper operation of your vehicle.

Before installing any electronicaccessory, have the installercontact your dealer for assistance.If possible, have your dealerinspect the final installation.

Do not install accessories on theside pillars or across the rearwindows. Accessories installed inthese areas may interfere withproper operation of the sidecurtain airbags.

320

Accessories and Modifications

Before Driving

Modifying Your Vehicle

203

12/04/18 14:54:58 42TF2C00_208

Page 209: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle has several convenientstorage areas:

Upper glove box

Door and seat-back pocketsLuggage area, including the rearseats when folded up or down.Front console boxSeat under boxRoof-rack (if installed)

However, carrying too much luggage,or improperly storing it, can affectyour vehicle’s handling, stability,stopping distance, and tyres, andmake it unsafe. Before carrying anytype of luggage, be sure to read thefollowing pages.

Glove box

Carrying Luggage

Before Driving204

FRONT CONSOLE BOX

SEAT UNDER BOX

LUGGAGE AREA DOOR POCKET UPPER GLOVE BOX

SEAT-BACK POCKETS GLOVE BOX

12/04/18 14:55:07 42TF2C00_209

Page 210: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When you load luggage, the totalweight of the vehicle, all passengers,and luggage must not exceed themaximum permissible weight.The load for the front and rear axlesalso must not exceed the maximumpermissible axle weight.Refer to page for the maximumpermissible weight and maximumpermissible axle weight.

Store or secure all items that couldbe thrown around and hurtsomeone during a crash.

Be sure items placed on the floorbehind the front seats cannot rollunder the seats and interfere withthe driver’s ability to operate thepedals, and proper operation of theseats. Do not stack items higherthan the back of the front seats.

Keep the glove box closed whiledriving. If it is open, a passengercould injure their knees during acrash or sudden stop.

334

CONTINUED

Load Limits Carrying Items in the PassengerCompartment

Carrying Luggage

Before Driving 205

Overloading or improperloading can affect handlingand stability and cause acrash in which you can behurt or killed.

Follow all load limits andother loading guidelines inthis manual.

12/04/18 14:55:14 42TF2C00_210

Page 211: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Distribute luggage evenly on thefloor of the luggage area, placingthe heaviest items on the bottomand as far forward as possible.Try to secure the items with ropeor cord so they will not shift whileyou are driving.

If you fold the rear seats up ordown, tie down items that could bethrown about the vehicle during acrash or sudden stop. Also, keepall luggage below the bottom ofthe windows. If it is higher, itcould interfere with the properoperation of the side curtainairbags.

Try to secure the items with ropeor cord so they will not shift whileyou are driving. Do not stackitems higher than the back of thefront seats.

Refer to page for folding rearseats.

Do not place items on the luggagearea cover, or stack objects higherthan the top of the back seat. Theycould block your view and bethrown about the vehicle during acrash or sudden stop.

If you carry large items thatprevent you from closing thetailgate, exhaust gas can enter thepassenger area. To avoid thepossibility of

, follow the instructionson page .

Do not spill any liquids on oraround the IMA battery. Spilledliquids may damage the IMAbattery. If you accidentally spillliquids on or around the battery,ensure that the spill is completelywiped up at the earliest possibletime.

If you can carry any items on aroof rack, be sure the total weightof the rack and the items does notexceed 45 kg. Please contact yourdealer for further information.

Concerning lashing means andretaining devices offered on theaccessory market, please contactyour dealer.

A normal bike rack must not befitted to the tailgate.

150

61

Carrying Luggage in the LuggageArea or on a Roof Rack

carbon monoxidepoisoning

Carrying Luggage

Before Driving206

12/04/18 14:55:24 42TF2C00_211

Page 212: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Do not spill any liquids over the airintake and also do not put any smallforeign objects in it. This maydamage the IMA battery and thepower control unit.

The air intake for the IMA batteryand electronics is located on the rearright pillar. Do not block this airintake. Doing so may cause the IMAbattery and the power control unit tooverheat, causing the IMA to shutdown. It will start working againafter it cools.

Your vehicle has the luggage hookon the side panel in the luggage area.It is designed to hold light items.Heavy objects may damage the hook.Make sure any items put on hookweigh less than 1 kg (2.2 lbs).

Carrying Luggage

Before Driving

Air IntakeLuggage Hook

207

AAIIRR IINNTTAAKKEE

12/04/18 14:55:32 42TF2C00_212

Page 213: Fit Hybrid English Manual

208

12/04/18 14:55:34 42TF2C00_213

Page 214: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This section gives you tips onstarting the engine under variousconditions, and how to operate theautomatic transmission. It alsoincludes important information onparking your vehicle and the brakingsystem.

........................Preparing to Drive . 210.......................Starting the Engine . 211........................Eco Assist System . 212

.Automatic Transmission (CVT) . 219Driving with the Paddle

.......................................Shifters . 224................................Auto Idle Stop . 229

...........................................Parking . 232.............................Braking System . 232

...............Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) . 234

...............Driving in Bad Weather . 236...........................Towing a Trailer . 237

Driving

Driving 209

12/04/18 14:55:39 42TF2C00_214

Page 215: Fit Hybrid English Manual

You should do the following checksand adjustments before you driveyour vehicle.

Make sure all windows, mirrors,and outside lights are clean andunobstructed. Remove frost, snow,or ice.

Check that the bonnet is fullyclosed.

Check that the tailgate is fullyclosed.

Check the steering wheeladjustment (see page ).

Make sure the doors are securelyclosed.

Fasten your seat belt. Check thatyour passengers have fastenedtheir seat belts (see page ).

When you start the engine, checkthe gauges and indicators in theinstrument panel (see page ).

Visually check the tyres. If a tyrelooks low, use a gauge to check itspressure.

Check that any items you may becarrying are stored properly orfastened down securely.

Check the seat adjustment (seepage ).

Check the adjustment of theinside and outside mirrors (seepage ).

Check the symbol(s) on the multi-information display.

1.

2.

3.

4.

6.

7.

8.

9.5.

10.

11.

12.

144

157

129

16

67

Preparing to Drive

Driving210

12/04/18 14:55:50 42TF2C00_215

Page 216: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Apply the parking brake.

In cold weather, turn off allelectrical accessories to reducethe drain on the battery.

The immobilizer system protectsyour vehicle from theft. If animproperly-coded key (or otherdevice) is used, the engine’s fuelsystem is disabled. For moreinformation, see page .

Make sure the shift lever is inPark. Press on the brake pedal.

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition key to theSTART (III) position. Do not holdthe key in the START (III)position for more than 15 secondsat a time. If the engine does notstart right away, pause for at least10 seconds before trying again.

In cold weather, the conventionalstarter is used instead of the IMAsystem starter. This is normal.

The engine is harder to start in coldweather. Also, the thinner air foundat altitudes above 2,400 meters addsto this problem.

If the outside temperature is belowfreezing, or if your vehicle has notbeen driven for several days, warmup the engine for a few minutesbefore driving.

1.

2.

3.

4.

131

Starting the Engine

Driving

Starting in Cold Weather

211

12/04/18 14:55:58 42TF2C00_216

Page 217: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Eco Assist System is a coachingsystem designed to help you developand maintain a fuel efficient drivingstyle.

The system monitors your drivingstyle, and can display how it impactsyour vehicle’s fuel economy. You canthen make adjustments to yourdriving style to maximize fueleconomy. (For additionalinformation on fuel economy, seepage .)

Your vehicle’s fuel economy mayimprove more with the ECON modeon (see page ).

The driver feedback information isshown in two locations:

The ambient meter, located in thespeedometer (see page ).The multi-information display (seepage ).

201

128

214

80

Driving

Eco Assist System

212

Ambient meter

ECON BUTTON Eco-driveResult

Eco GuideFeedback

ECON MODEINDICATOR

12/04/18 14:56:07 42TF2C00_217

Page 218: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The Eco Drive Bar on the Eco guidefeedback display appears on themulti-information display while youdrive.

During acceleration, the barextends to the right of the centreline.

During deceleration, the barextends to the left of the centreline.

If the bar stays within the EfficientDriving Zones, your currentdriving style is conducive to goodfuel economy.

If the bar extends into theInefficient Driving Zones, yourcurrent driving style is notconducive to good fuel economy.

It is recommended to drive in the Dposition for better fuel efficiency.

ECO Drive BarDriving StyleSlow, steadyacceleration-maximizes fueleconomySlow deceleration-maximizes fueleconomy

Moderateacceleration

Moderatedeceleration

Aggressive/Inconsistentacceleration-lowersfuel economyAggressivedeceleration-lowersfuel economy

Eco Guide Feedback

Eco Assist System

Driving

Eco Drive Bar Examples

213

AccelerationMonitor

Inefficient Driving ZoneInefficient Braking Zone

ECODRIVEBAR

DecelerationMonitor

Centre Position

Efficient Zones

ECO ELEMENTS

12/04/18 14:56:21 42TF2C00_218

Page 219: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Fuel EconomyMeter Background Colour

The Ambient Meter (in thespeedometer) changes colour toshow the effects of your driving stylewith the shift in D. This feature canbe turned off (see page ).108

Ambient Meter

Eco Assist System

Driving214

AMBIENT METER(Background Colour)

High

Low

Green

Blue Green

Blue

12/04/18 14:56:28 42TF2C00_219

Page 220: Fit Hybrid English Manual

A point system is used so you canmonitor your driving style and theimpact on fuel economy. Points are:

Accumulated when your drivingstyle is fuel efficientDeducted when your style is notfuel efficient

Eco Assist scoring is displayed onthe multi-information display in thefollowing ways:

Your currenttrip is represented on the Eco Guidescreen, starting without any leaveson the plants. Leaves thenaccumulate during the current trip,as long as you maintain an economicdriving style.

CONTINUED

Eco Assist System

Driving

Eco Assist Scoring

Real Time Score

215

Real Time Score

FIRST STAGE

REAL TIME SCORE

With the ignition switch in the ON (II) position

SECOND STAGE THIRD STAGE

PLANT ICON

12/04/18 14:56:36 42TF2C00_220

Page 221: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The scorefrom your just completed trip isrepresented on the Eco Score screenby the ‘‘plant’’ icons.

Cumulative, orlifetime trips, which build up overtime, represented by a bar graph atthe bottom of the Eco Score display.

Each time you turn the ignitionswitch to the LOCK (0) position, theEco Score displays for a few secondsto show your current stage andlifetime points.

Eco Assist System

Driving

Drive Cycle Score

Lifetime Points

216

Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Score

When turning off the ignition switch

TROPHYSTAGE-UP RECOGNITION ICON

STAGE-DOWN RECOGNITION ICON

LIFETIMEPOINTS

DRIVE CYCLESCORE

12/04/18 14:56:42 42TF2C00_221

Page 222: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Stages/Displays and icons Definition

There are three Eco stages, with fiveplants per stage. As you accumulatea specified number of leaves, youadvance from one stage to the next.The plant grows leaves from left toright, or loses them from right to left.A trophy icon appears once you havereached the maximum third stagescore.

Idle durationECON button usageVehicle speedBraking and accelerating

The scoring system for points isbased on:

Real time scores must accumulate over time to result in a stage change. In order to build lifetimepoints and advance to the next stage, you need to keep your efficient driving style every time youmake a trip. It can take several months to move from one stage to the next. Individual results willvary.

A total of two leaves can be put on each plant icon.

A total of four leaves can be added to each plant icon.

A circular shaped icon, which represents a blossom, can beadded on top of each plant icon with four leaves.

An icon appears once you have reached the maximum score foreach stage and are moving up to the next stage. These iconsappear briefly when the ignition switch it turned off.Once the 3rd stage maximum score is reached, the systemcontinues to monitor your driving. If you maintain a fuelefficient driving style, your score remains at the highest stage.If you drive less efficiently, points will be deducted and youmay drop (stage down) to the previous stage.

Eco Assist System

Driving 217

FirstStage

SecondStage

Maximum Score Icons

ThirdStage

Second Stage

Third Stage

First Stage

12/04/18 14:56:52 42TF2C00_222

Page 223: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The following procedure clears allleaves and your lifetime points. Thisprocedure must be followed exactly.

As you progress to a higher level, thesystem monitors your driving stylemore strictly. As a result, you mustfurther refine your driving style tocontinue to move up to the next level.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. Confirm that the ECONmode is OFF. If it is OFF, proceed tostep 1. Do run the engine.

Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position.

Press and release the ECONbutton two times (ECON modecomes on, then goes off). Theambient meter colour goes off,and the accumulated data iscleared.

The ambient meter colourchanges only if the multi-information display’s metercolour change setting is on. (Seepage .)

Press and release the brake pedalat least two times. The ambientmeter colour changes from blue togreen .

Complete the following steps within30 seconds:

The following are some of theconditions that may affect yourscore:

Extremely high or low ambienttemperatureInconsistent acceleration use, suchas pumping the pedal repeatedlywithin a short period of timeFrequent use of the climatecontrol systemShort distance trips

If the ECON mode is on, press andrelease the ECON button to turn itoff. You also need to turn the ignitionswitch off.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position again. Do run theengine.

:

1.

2.

3.

108

Reset the System

not

not

Eco Assist System

Driving218

12/04/18 14:57:04 42TF2C00_223

Page 224: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Honda’s Continuously VariableTransmission’s unique designprovides a smooth, constant flow ofpower. It is electronically controlledfor more precise operation andbetter fuel economy.

This indicator on the instrumentpanel shows which position the shiftlever is in.

The ‘‘D’’ indicator comes on for afew seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. If it flashes while driving (inany shift position), it indicates apossible problem in the transmission.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on along with the ‘‘D’’indicator, there is a problem with theautomatic transmission controlsystem. Avoid rapid acceleration, andhave the transmission checked byyour dealer as soon as possible.

When the ‘‘D’’ indicator warns of apossible problem with thetransmission, you will see the symbol‘‘ ,’’ or, the symbol with a‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ message.

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT)

Shift Lever Position Indicators

Automatic Transmission (CVT)

Driving 219

12/04/18 14:57:12 42TF2C00_224

Page 225: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To shift from Park to any position,press the brake pedal, the releasebutton on the front of the shift lever,then pull the lever. You cannot shiftout of Park when the ignition switchis in the LOCK (0) or theACCESSORY (I) position.

This positionmechanically locks the transmission.Use Park whenever you are turningoff or starting the engine. To shiftout of Park, you must press on thebrake pedal and have your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Press therelease button on the front of theshift lever to move it.

If you have done all of the above andstill cannot move the lever out ofPark, see onpage .223

To shift from:P to R

R to PN to RD to SS to DD to NN to DR to N

Do this:Press the brake pedal andpress the release button.

Press the release button.

Move the lever.

Shifting Park (P)

Shift Lock Release

Driving

Automatic Transmission (CVT)

220

RREELLEEAASSEE BBUUTTTTOONN

SSHHIIFFTT LLEEVVEERR

12/04/18 14:57:19 42TF2C00_225

Page 226: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-Press the brakepedal and the release button on thefront of the shift lever to shift fromPark to reverse. To shift fromreverse to neutral, come to acomplete stop, and then shift. Pressthe release button before shiftinginto reverse from neutral.

Use neutral if youneed to restart a stalled engine, or ifit is necessary to stop briefly withthe engine idling. Shift to the Parkposition if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason. Press on thebrake pedal when you are movingthe shift lever from neutral toanother position.

To avoid transmission damage, cometo a complete stop before shiftinginto Park. You must also press therelease button to shift into Park. Theshift lever must be in Park beforeyou can remove the key from theignition switch.

Use this position foryour normal driving. Thetransmission automatically adjusts tokeep the engine at the best speed forthe driving conditions.

CONTINUED

Reverse (R)

Neutral (N)

Drive (D)

Automatic Transmission (CVT)

Driving 221

12/04/18 14:57:25 42TF2C00_226

Page 227: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-The CVT shifts automatically tomaintain proper engine speed in anyshift position.

To shift into the Sposition, press the release button onthe front of the shift lever, and movethe lever to S. The S position issimilar to D, except the range ofratios are different for betteracceleration and increased enginebraking.

With the shift lever in D or S, youcan also use the paddle shifters toshift the transmission up or down.With the paddle shifters, you canoperate the transmission much like amanual transmission without aclutch pedal. For more informationon driving with the paddle shifters,see page .

When the vehicle reaches themaximum speed in any shift position,you may feel the engine cut in andout. This is caused by a limiter (180km/h) in the engine’s computercontrols. The engine will runnormally when you reduce the speedto below the maximum.

224

Automatic Transmission (CVT)

Driving

Engine Speed LimiterSecond (S)

222

12/04/18 14:57:30 42TF2C00_227

Page 228: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Push down on the key while youpress the release button on theshift lever and move the shift leverout of Park to neutral.

This allows you to move the shiftlever out of Park if the normalmethod of pushing on the brakepedal and pressing the releasebutton does not work.

Set the parking brake.

Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

Put a cloth on the notch of theshift lock release slot cover toprevent scratches. Using a smallflat-tip screwdriver or metalfingernail file, carefully pry on thenotch of the cover to remove it.

Insert the key into the shift lockrelease slot.

If you need to use the shift lockrelease, it means your vehicle isdeveloping a problem. Have thevehicle checked by your dealer.

Remove the key from the shiftlock release slot, then reinstall thecover. Make sure the notch on thecover is on the left side. Insert thekey into the ignition switch, pressthe brake pedal, and restart theengine.

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

6.

Shift Lock Release

Automatic Transmission (CVT)

Driving 223

RREELLEEAASSEE BBUUTTTTOONN

SSHHIIFFTT LLOOCCKK RREELLEEAASSEE SSLLOOTTCCOOVVEERR

RREELLEEAASSEE BBUUTTTTOONN

12/04/18 14:57:41 42TF2C00_228

Page 229: Fit Hybrid English Manual

+-

+-

To shift up or down, use the(right) or (left) paddle shifter oneither side of the steering wheel.

When you pull either paddle shifter,the shift indicator shows you theselected speed number.

When you are driving in the Dposition, pulling either paddle shifterswitches from the D-normal shiftmode to the D-paddle shift mode.You can shift the transmission up ordown through seven-stages manuallywith the paddle shifters.

Pull the (right) paddle shifter toupshift. Pull (left) to downshift.

When the transmission returns toordinary automatic transmission(CVT), the displayed shift indicatordisappears.

Downshifting gives you more powerwhen climbing, and provides enginebraking when going down a steep hill.

Using the Paddle Shifters in theD position (D-Paddle Shift Mode)

Driving

Driving with the Paddle Shifters

224

SHIFT INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:57:48 42TF2C00_229

Page 230: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-+

Downshifting with the (left)paddle shifter allows you to increasethe engine braking when going downsteep or long hills, and providesmore power when climbing uphills.You can upshift the transmissionmanually to reduce the rpm.

The transmission control systemmonitors the accelerator pedal useand your driving conditions. Whenyou press the accelerator pedal as inthe normal driving, the systemjudges that you are driving at aconstant cruising speed withoutusing the paddle shifters. Underthese conditions, D-paddle shiftmode is cancelled, and thetransmission automatically returns toordinary automatic transmission(CVT).

To cancel the D-paddle shift modemanually, pull and hold the sidepaddle shifter until the shift indicatorgoes out.

The transmission remains in theselected speed if you do notaccelerate.

CONTINUED

Driving

Driving with the Paddle Shifters

225

12/04/18 14:57:54 42TF2C00_230

Page 231: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Each time you pull either paddleshifter, the transmission shifts onespeed up or down. If you want toshift up or down more than twospeeds, pull the paddle shifter twice,pause, and then pull it again.

The automatic transmission (CVT)will not allow you to shift if:

If there is a problem in thetransmission while you are drivingwith the paddle shifters, the Dindicator flashes, the D-paddle shiftmode is cancelled, and thetransmission returns to ordinaryautomatic transmission (CVT).

You pull one of the two paddleshifters with another paddleshifter being pressed.

You press both paddle shifters atthe same time.

You upshift before the enginespeed reaches the lowestthreshold of the higher speed.

If you try to do this, the shiftindicator will flash the number ofthe lower speed several times,then return to a higher speed.

You downshift before the enginespeed reaches the highestthreshold of the lower speed.

The transmission downshifts to firstspeed and returns to ordinaryautomatic transmission (CVT) whenthe vehicle comes to a complete stopand the vehicle speed is about 10km/h.

Driving

Driving with the Paddle Shifters

226

12/04/18 14:58:01 42TF2C00_231

Page 232: Fit Hybrid English Manual

+-

To upshift, pull the (right) paddleshifter. To downshift, pull the(left) paddle shifter.

When you move the shift lever fromthe ‘‘D’’ to the ‘‘S’’ position and pulleither paddle shifter, the shiftindicator displays ‘‘M’’ along with theselected speed number.

With the shift lever in the S position,you can select the 7-speed manualshift mode to shift speeds; much likea manual transmission using thepaddle shifters, but without a clutchpedal.

If you keep depressing theaccelerator pedal without pulling thepaddle shifter, the speed will beautomatically shifted up just beforethe tachometer’s red zone.

Downshifting with the (left)paddle shifter allows you to increasethe engine braking when going downsteep or long hills, and providesmore power when climbing uphills.You can upshift the transmissionmanually to reduce the rpm.

To enter the 7-speed manual shiftmode, press the release button onthe front of the shift lever, move thelever to the S position, then pulleither paddle shifter. To cancel the7-speed manual shift mode andreturn to the ordinary automatictransmission (CVT), move the shiftlever from the S position. Whenmoving the shift lever, be careful notto operate incorrectly. While you aredriving in the 7-speed manual shiftmode, the transmission will notautomatically return to the ordinaryautomatic transmission (CVT).

The transmission also shiftsautomatically as the vehicle comes toa complete stop. It downshifts to firstspeed when the vehicle speedreaches 10 km/h or less.

CONTINUED

Using the Paddle Shifters in the Sposition (7-Speed Manual ShiftMode)

Driving

Driving with the Paddle Shifters

227

SHIFT INDICATOR

‘‘M’’ INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:58:10 42TF2C00_232

Page 233: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-The automatic transmission (CVT)will not allow you to shift if:

You downshift before the enginespeed reaches the highestthreshold of the lower speed.

If you try to do this, the shiftindicator will flash the number ofthe lower speed several times,then return to a higher speed.

You upshift before the enginespeed reaches the lowestthreshold of the higher speed.

You press both paddle shifters atthe same time.

You pull one of the two paddleshifters with another paddleshifter being pressed.

To shift to Lowmode, press and hold both paddleshifters simultaneously until you seeL in the shift indicator. Use Low toget more power when climbing, andfor maximum engine braking whengoing down steep hills.

Driving

L (Low) mode

Driving with the Paddle Shifters

228

12/04/18 14:58:16 42TF2C00_233

Page 234: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The engine automatically stopswhen:

The vehicle comes to a stop with theshift lever in the D position and thebrake pedal pressed.

The transmission fluidtemperature is low.

When the vehicle is stopped on anincline.

To help maximize fuel economy,your vehicle has an Auto Idle Stopfunction. Depending onenvironmental conditions and vehicleoperation, the engine will shut offwhen you come to a stop.

While the auto idle stop function isactivated, the auto idle stop indicatorin the instrument panel blinks (seepage ).

When the ECON mode is on, theengine is more likely to stop thanwhen it is off (see page ).

The engine will not stopautomatically under the followingconditions:

The windscreen demister is on.

The fan speed is selected to high(more than four steps on thehorizontal fan speed indicators).

The IMA battery charge is low.

The vehicle is stopped with theshift position in R or S.

The engine may also stop whenvehicle speed drops below 11 km/hwith the brake pedal pressed.

Vehicle speed does not go above11 km/h after starting the engine.

The engine coolant temperature islow.

231

128

CONTINUED

Auto Idle Stop

Driving 229

12/04/18 14:58:28 42TF2C00_234

Page 235: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The pressure on the brake pedal isrepeatedly applied and releasedslightly during a stop.

The ECON button is off, and thedifference between the ambienttemperature and the temperaturesetting of the climate controlsystem becomes significant.

The climate control system startsto dehumidify the interior.

The engine automatically restartswhen:

The brake pedal is released.

Under the following conditions, theengine restarts even if the brakepedal is pressed:

The engine may not stopautomatically under the followingconditions:

The IMA battery temperature isexcessively high or low (see page

).

The ECON button is off, and thereis a significant difference betweenthe ambient temperature and thetemperature setting of the climatecontrol system.

The climate control system isdehumidifying the air.

The vehicle is stopped by brakingsuddenly.

When the ECON button is on, theengine is more likely to stop. Seepage for the ECON button.

If the auto idle stop function turnsoff the engine for a long time, thecharge of the IMA and 12 voltbatteries becomes low, and theengine may not restart automatically.Always turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK (0) position, set theparking brake, and remove the key ifyou are getting out of the vehicle.

The windscreen demister button ispressed.

The shift position is changed to R.

The accelerator pedal is pressed.

The pressure to the brake pedal isreduced and the vehicle startsmoving while stopped on an incline.

The IMA battery charge becomeslow.

The engine coolant temperaturebecomes low.

79

128

Driving

Auto Idle Stop

230

12/04/18 14:58:41 42TF2C00_235

Page 236: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator blinks when the autoidle stop system is in operation. Ifthe driver’s door is opened while theindicator is blinking, the buzzersounds to notify that the auto idlestop system is active.

The time that auto idle stop isactivated may be reduced if youoperate the windscreen wipers withthe climate control system on.

Auto Idle Stop Indicator

Auto Idle Stop

Driving 231

AUTO IDLE STOP INDICATOR

12/04/18 14:58:46 42TF2C00_236

Page 237: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Always use the parking brake whenyou park your vehicle. Make surethe parking brake is set firmly, oryour vehicle may roll if it is parkedon an incline.

Set the parking brake before you putthe transmission in Park. This keepsthe vehicle from moving and puttingpressure on the parking mechanismin the transmission.

Make sure the windows are closed.

Turn off the lights.

Place any packages, valuables, etc.,in the luggage area or take themwith you.

Lock the doors and the tailgate.

Check the indicator on theinstrument panel to verify that thesecurity system is set.

Never park over dry leaves, tallgrass, or other flammablematerials. The hot three waycatalytic converter could causethese materials to catch on fire.

If the vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb.

If the vehicle is facing downhill,turn the front wheels toward thecurb.

Make sure the parking brake isfully released before driving away.Driving with the parking brakepartially set can overheat ordamage the rear brakes.You will also see the symbol‘‘ ’’ with a ‘‘RELEASEPARKING BRAKE’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

Your vehicle is equipped with frontdisc brakes. The brakes on the rearwheels are drum. A power assisthelps reduce the effort needed onthe brake pedal. The emergencybrake assist system increases thestopping force when you depress thebrake pedal hard in an emergencysituation. The anti-lock brake system(ABS) helps you retain steeringcontrol when braking very hard.

Resting your foot on the pedal keepsthe brakes applied lightly, builds upheat, reduces their effectiveness andreduces brake pad life. In addition,fuel economy can be reduced. It alsokeeps your brake lights on all thetime, confusing drivers behind you.

159

Driving

Parking, Braking System

Parking Tips

Braking System

232

12/04/18 14:58:59 42TF2C00_237

Page 238: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Creep Aid System

Brake-Assist

With the shift lever in D or S, thisfeature applies brake pressurebriefly as you release the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle frommoving unexpectedly.

This feature helps you apply thebrakes with less force during anemergency braking situation.

If the brake pads need replacing, youwill hear a distinctive, metallicscreeching sound when you applythe brake pedal. If you do not havethe brake pads replaced, they willscreech all the time. It is normal forthe brakes to occasionally squeal orsqueak when you apply them.

The front disc brakes on all modelshave audible brake wear indicators.

Constant application of the brakeswhen going down a long hill buildsup heat and reduces theireffectiveness. Use the engine toassist the brakes by taking your footoff the accelerator and downshiftingto a lower gear.

Check the brakes after drivingthrough deep water. Apply thebrakes moderately to see if they feelnormal. If not, apply them gently andfrequently until they do. Be extracautious in your driving.

The hydraulic system that operatesthe brakes has two separate circuits.Each circuit works diagonally acrossthe vehicle (the left-front brake isconnected with the right-rear brake,etc.). If one circuit should develop aproblem, you will still have brakingat two wheels.

The following features are alsoequipped:

Braking System

Driving

Brake Pad Wear Indicators

Braking System Design

233

12/04/18 14:59:08 42TF2C00_238

Page 239: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The anti-lock brake system (ABS)helps prevent the wheels fromlocking up, and helps you retainsteering control by pumping thebrakes rapidly, much faster than aperson can do it.

The electronic brake distribution(EBD) system, which is part of theABS, also balances the front-to-rearbraking distribution according tovehicle loading.

Let the ABS work for you by alwayskeeping firm, steady pressure on thebrake pedal. This is sometimesreferred to as ‘‘stomp and steer.’’

You will feel a pulsation in the brakepedal when the ABS activates, andyou may hear some noise. This isnormal: it is the ABS rapidlypumping the brakes. On dry roads,you will need to press on the brakepedal very hard before the ABSactivates. However, you may feel theABS activate immediately if you aretrying to stop on snow or ice.

If the ABS indicator comes on, theanti-lock function of the brakingsystem has shut down. The brakesstill work like a conventional system,but without anti-lock. You shouldhave your dealer inspect your vehicleas soon as possible.

If the ABS indicator comes on whiledriving, test the brakes as instructedon page .

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

317You should never pump the brake pedal.

ABS Indicator

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

Driving234

12/04/18 14:59:16 42TF2C00_239

Page 240: Fit Hybrid English Manual

It only helps with steeringcontrol during braking.

such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weatherconditions.

Always steer moderatelywhen you are braking hard. Severeor sharp steering wheel movementcan still cause your vehicle to veerinto oncoming traffic or off the road.

on loose oruneven surfaces, such as gravel orsnow, than a vehicle without anti-lock.

If the ABS indicator and the brakesystem indicator come on together,and the parking brake is fullyreleased, the EBD system may alsobe shut down.

If this happens, you will also see thesymbols ‘‘ ’’ (for ABS system)and ‘‘ ’’ (for Brake system) with‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messages onthe multi-information display.

Test your brakes as instructed onpage . If the brakes feel normal,drive slowly and have your vehiclerepaired by your dealer as soon aspossible. Avoid sudden hard brakingwhich could cause the rear wheels tolock up and possibly lead to a loss ofcontrol.

317

Important Safety RemindersABS does not reduce the time ordistance it takes to stop thevehicle.

ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from changing directionabruptly,

ABS cannot prevent the loss ofstability.

A vehicle with ABS may require alonger distance to stop

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

Driving 235

12/04/18 14:59:25 42TF2C00_240

Page 241: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-- Being able to seeclearly in all directions and beingvisible to other drivers are importantin all weather conditions. This ismore difficult in bad weather. To beseen more clearly during daylighthours, turn on your headlights.

Inspect your windscreen wipers andwashers frequently. Keep the wind-screen washer reservoir full of theproper fluid. Have the windscreenwiper blades replaced if they start tostreak the windscreen or leave partsunwiped. Use the demister and airconditioning to keep the windowsfrom fogging up on the inside (seepage ).

Rain, fog, and snow conditions re-quire a different driving techniquebecause of reduced traction andvisibility. Keep your vehicle well-maintained and exercise greatercaution when you need to drive inbad weather.

Always driveslower than you would in dryweather. It takes your vehicle longerto react, even in conditions that mayseem just barely damp. Applysmooth, even pressure to all thecontrols. Abrupt steering wheelmovements or sudden, hard appli-cation of the brakes can cause loss ofcontrol in wet weather. Be extracautious for the first few kilometersof driving while you adjust to thechange in driving conditions. This isespecially true in snow. A person canforget some snow-driving techniquesduring the summer months. Practiceis needed to relearn those skills.

Exercise extra caution when drivingin rain after a long dry spell. Aftermonths of dry weather, the firstrains bring oil to the surface of theroadway, making it slippery.

174

VisibilityDriving Technique

Driving in Bad Weather

Driving236

12/04/18 14:59:32 42TF2C00_241

Page 242: Fit Hybrid English Manual

- Check your tyresfrequently for wear and properpressure. Both are important inpreventing ‘‘aquaplaning’’ (loss oftraction on a wet surface). In thewinter, mount snow tyres on all fourwheels for the best handling.

Watch road conditions carefully,they can change from moment tomoment. Wet leaves can be as slip-pery as ice. ‘‘Clear’’ roads can havepatches of ice. Driving conditionscan be very hazardous when theoutside temperature is near freezing.The road surface can becomecovered with areas of water puddlesmixed with areas of ice, so yourtraction can change without warning.

Be careful when downshifting. Iftraction is low, you can lock up thedrive wheels for a moment and causea skid.

Be very cautious when passing, orbeing passed by other vehicles. Thespray from large vehicles reducesyour visibility, and the wind buffetingcan cause you to lose control.

Your vehicle is not designed to tow atrailer. Attempting to do so can voidyour warranties.

Traction Towing a Trailer

Driving in Bad Weather, Towing a Trailer

Driving 237

CAUTION: Do not drive on the roadwhere water is deep. Driving throughdeep water will cause damage to theengine and electrical equipment andthe vehicle will break down.

12/04/18 14:59:39 42TF2C00_242

Page 243: Fit Hybrid English Manual

238

12/04/18 14:59:42 42TF2C00_243

Page 244: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Regularly maintaining your vehicle isthe best way to protect your invest-ment. You will be rewarded withsafer, more economical, trouble-freedriving. This section lists items thatneed to be checked regularly andexplains how to check them. It alsodetails some simple maintenancetasks you can do yourself. Theservice reminder symbols andindications/maintenance schedulesshow you when these things need tobe done.

......................Maintenance Safety . 240CVTF Service Reminder

.......................................System . 241................Maintenance Schedule . 248

....................Maintenance Record . 251....Owner’s Maintenance Checks . 252

..............................Fluid Locations . 253........................Adding Engine Oil . 254

..............................Engine Coolant . 255...................Windscreen Washers . 257

....Automatic Transmission Fluid . 258....................................Brake Fluid . 260

.....................Air Cleaner Element . 261......................................Fuel Filter . 262

.............................................Lights . 263..............Air Conditioning System . 275

..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 276.................................Wiper Blades . 278

..............................................Tyres . 282......Checking the 12 Volt Battery . 288

.............................Vehicle Storage . 290

Maintenance

Maintenance

239

12/04/18 14:59:46 42TF2C00_244

Page 245: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To eliminate potential hazards, readthe instructions before you begin,and make sure you have the toolsand skills required.

Make sure your vehicle is parkedon level ground, the parking brakeis set, and the engine is off.

Wear eye protection andprotective clothing when workingwith the battery or compressed air.

All service items not detailed in thissection should be performed by acertified technician or other qualifiedtechnician.

To clean parts, use a commerciallyavailable degreaser or partscleaner, not petrol.

To reduce the possibility of fire orexplosion, keep cigarettes, sparks,and flames away from the 12 voltbattery and all fuel-related parts.

While the auto idle stop function isactivated, the engine is stopped butthe ignition switch is in the ON (II)position. Do not open the bonnet asthe engine components are hot.

Be sure there isadequate ventilation whenever youoperate the engine.

Let theengine and exhaust system cooldown before touching any parts.

Donot run the engine unlessinstructed to do so.

Maintenance Safety

Important Safety Precautions

Potential Vehicle HazardsCarbon Monoxide poison fromengine exhaust.

Burns from hot parts.

Injury from moving parts.

Maintenance240

Improperly maintaining thisvehicle or failing to correct aproblem before driving cancause a crash in which youcan be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection,maintenancerecommendations, andschedules in this owner’smanual.

12/04/18 14:59:55 42TF2C00_245

Page 246: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

The multi-information display showsyou that the service timing is near,coming or passed. At each servicetiming, the warning symbol orsymbol with a message (if selected)comes on amber with the systemmessage indicator ( ).

The onboard computer in yourvehicle calculates the remainingdistance before the next service tobe performed.

One of the convenient features ofthe multi-information display on yourvehicle is the CVTF servicereminder system.

For the correct timing of CVTFreplacement, always refer to themaintenance schedule in this owner’smanual (see page ).

Some of the most important safetyprecautions are given here. However,we cannot warn you of everyconceivable hazard that can arise inperforming maintenance. Only youcan decide whether or not youshould perform a given task.

250

Maintenance

Maintenance Safety, CVTF Service Reminder System

CVTF Service Reminder System

241

Failure to properly followmaintenance instructionsand precautions can causeyou to be seriously hurt orkilled.

Always follow theprocedures and precautionsin this owner’s manual.

Failure to replace the CVTF within therecommended schedule stated in themaintenance schedule in this owner’smanual can result in serious damage tothe transmission.

12/04/18 15:00:04 42TF2C00_246

Page 247: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The next illustration shows theCVTF service reminder display flow.

CVTF Service Reminder System

Maintenance242

SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR

CVTF Service Reminder Flow on the Multi-Information Display

ServiceTiming

Near ServiceTiming

Service TimingOver/Passed

Warning Symbol (Amber)

12/04/18 15:00:08 42TF2C00_247

Page 248: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When you switch the display, thewarning symbol/message in amberwill be turned off, but you will seethe symbol/message each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position.

If the service timing is passed, thewarning symbol with the negativedistance will be displayed. Thepassed distance will be counteddown per kilometer.

The displayed distance may notcorrespond to the actual drivingdistance. The distance is estimatedby your vehicle’s onboard computerdepending on the driving conditions.

When the remaining distance for therequired CVTF maintenance iswithin 1,900 to 1,000 km, the multi-information display interrupts thecurrent display and shows the abovesymbol or the symbol with a‘‘SERVICE DUE SOON’’ message inamber. The system messageindicator ( ) also comes on as areminder.

Required Service Timing Near

CONTINUED

Maintenance

CVTF Service Reminder System

243

NOTE:

WARNING SYMBOL

12/04/18 15:00:17 42TF2C00_248

Page 249: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Service Timing Over/PassedService Timing

If the CVTF maintenance service isstill not done after the remainingdistance reaches 0, the multi-information display interrupts thecurrent display and shows the abovesymbol or the symbol with a‘‘SERVICE OVER DUE’’ message inamber, and the total negativedistance. The system messageindicator ( ) also comes on as areminder.

When you see this symbol or thesymbol with a message, have theindicated service performed as soonas possible.

When you switch the display, thewarning symbol/message in amberwill be turned off, but you will seethe symbol/message each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position.

When the remaining distance forrequired CVTF maintenance iswithin 900 to 0 km, the multi-information display interrupts thecurrent display and shows the abovesymbol or the symbol with a‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW’’ message inamber. The system messageindicator ( ) also comes on as areminder.

Maintenance

CVTF Service Reminder System

244

WARNING SYMBOLWARNING SYMBOL

12/04/18 15:00:25 42TF2C00_249

Page 250: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The CVTF maintenance serviceshould be performed in accordancewith the standards and specificationsof Honda by properly trained andequipped technicians. Yourauthorized dealer meets all of theserequirements.

After completing the CVTFmaintenance service, your dealer willreset the display.

If maintenance service is done bysomeone other than your dealer,reset the service reminder asfollows:

Park the vehicle. Make sure theposition lights are turned off. Turnthe ignition switch to the ON (II)position while pressing andholding the SEL/RESET button.

The warning symbol/message inamber, and the negative distance willcome on every time you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position.

The warning symbol/message inamber is not turned off. You canselect another display by pressingeither INFO button or SEL/RESETbutton. If you want to see thesymbol/message again, press eitherINFO button repeatedly. The systemmessage indicator ( ) alsoremains on as a reminder.

Negative distance means yourvehicle has passed the servicerequired point. Immediately have theservice performed, and make sure toreset the service reminder.

Do not try to drive your vehicle. Ifthe vehicle speed reaches over 2km/h, this mode is cancelled.

1.

CONTINUED

Resetting the CVTF ServiceReminder

Maintenance

CVTF Service Reminder System

245

12/04/18 15:00:34 42TF2C00_250

Page 251: Fit Hybrid English Manual

▲Press and hold the SEL/RESETbutton on the steering wheel formore than 10 seconds. Themaintenance reminder reset modewill be shown on the multi-information display.

Select ‘‘RESET’’ by pressing theupper INFO button ( ), thenpress the SEL/RESET button toreset the service reminder. Thedisplayed distance will reset.

To return to the normal display,select ‘‘EXIT’’ by pressing theINFO button, then press the SEL/RESET button.If you want to exit the CVTFservice reminder reset modewithout any changing, select‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESET button.

2. 3.

4.

Maintenance

CVTF Service Reminder System

246

12/04/18 15:00:41 42TF2C00_251

Page 252: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you have the required servicedone but do not reset the display, orreset the display without doing theservice, the system will not show thecorrect service intervals. This canlead to serious mechanical problemsbecause you will no longer have anaccurate record of when service isneeded.

Your authorized Honda dealerknows your vehicle best and canprovide competent, efficient service.

We recommend using genuineHonda parts and fluids whenever youhave maintenance service done.These are manufactured to the samehigh quality standards as the originalcomponents, so you can be confidentof their performance and durability.

However, service at a dealer is notmandatory to keep your warrantiesin effect. Service may be done by anyqualified service facility or personwho is skilled in this type ofautomotive service. Make sure tohave the service facility or personreset the display as previouslydescribed. Keep all receipts as proofof completion, and have the personwho does the work fill out yourmaintenance service records. Checkthe maintenance record in thisowner’s manual (see page ).251

Important Service Precautions

Maintenance

CVTF Service Reminder System

247

12/04/18 15:00:47 42TF2C00_252

Page 253: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The maintenance schedule assumesyou will use your vehicle as normaltransportation for passengers andtheir possessions. You should alsofollow these recommendations:

Avoid exceeding your vehicle’sload limit. This puts excess stresson the engine, brakes, and manyother vehicle parts.

Operate your vehicle onreasonable roads within the legalspeed limit.

We recommend the use of genuineHonda parts and fluids or theirequivalent whenever you havemaintenance done. These are thesame high-quality items that wentinto your vehicle when it was new, soyou can be sure they fit and performflawlessly.

Drive your vehicle regularly over adistance of several kilometers.

The required maintenance schedulespecifies all maintenance required tokeep your vehicle in peak operatingcondition. Maintenance work shouldbe performed in accordance with thestandards and specifications ofHonda by properly trained andequipped technicians. Yourauthorized dealer meets all of theserequirements.

Always use the recommendedpetrol only (see page ).196

Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

248

12/04/18 15:00:54 42TF2C00_253

Page 254: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This maintenance scheduleoutlines the minimum requiredmaintenance that you shouldperform to ensure the trouble-free operation of your vehicle.Due to regional and climaticdifferences, some additionalservicing may be required.Please consult your warrantybooklet for a more detaileddescription.

CONTINUED

Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

249

MA

IN

TE

NA

NC

ES

CH

ED

UL

E

Service at the indicated distanceor time whichever comes first.

km x 1,000months

2012

6036

10060

14084

180108

Replace engine oilReplace engine oil filterReplace air cleaner elementInspect valve clearanceReplace fuel filterReplace spark plugsInspect drive beltInspect idle speedReplace engine coolant

Every 5,000 km or 6 monthsEvery 10,000 km or 6 months

Every 100,000 km

At 200,000 km or 10 years, then every 100,000 km or 5 years

4024

8048

12072

16096

200120

Refer to page for replacement information under severe driving conditions.

Every 20,000 kmEvery 40,000 km

Iridium type

: 262

12/04/18 15:01:09 42TF2C00_254

Page 255: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

250

Visually inspect the following items:

MA

IN

TE

NA

NC

ES

CH

ED

UL

E

Service at the indicated distanceor time whichever comes first.

km x 1,000months

2012

4024

6036

8048

12072

14084

16096

180108

200120

Replace transmission fluidInspect front and rear brakesReplace brake fluidCheck parking brake adjustmentReplace dust and pollen filterRotate tyres (Check tyre inflation and condition atleast once per month)

Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft bootsBrake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidExhaust systemFuel lines and connections

10060

Every 10,000 km or 6 monthsEvery 3 years

Rotate tyres every 10,000 km

Every 10,000 km or 6 months

CVT

12/04/18 15:01:22 42TF2C00_255

Page 256: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Have your servicing dealer record all required maintenance below. Keep receipts for all work done on your vehicle.

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(Sign or Stamp)

(or 12 Mo.)

(or 24 Mo.)

(or 36 Mo.)

(or 48 Mo.)

(or 60 Mo.)

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

(or 72 Mo.)

(or 84 Mo.)

(or 96 Mo.)

(or 108 Mo.)

(or 120 Mo.)

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Km or Month

Date

Maintenance

Maintenance Record

20,000 km

40,000 km

60,000 km

80,000 km

100,000 km

120,000 km

140,000 km

160,000 km

180,000 km

200,000 km

251

12/04/18 15:01:29 42TF2C00_256

Page 257: Fit Hybrid English Manual

- -

--

You should check the followingitems at the use or specified intervals.

Engine oil level Check everytime you fill the fuel tank. Seepage .

Engine coolant level Check theradiator reserve tank every timeyou fill the fuel tank. See page .

Windscreen washer fluid Checkthe level in the reservoir monthly.If weather conditions cause you touse the washers frequently, checkthe reservoir each time you stopfor fuel. See page .

Windscreen wipers Check thewiper condition monthly. If thewipers do not wipe the windscreensecurely, check them for wear,cracks, and other damage.

Automatic transmission (CVT)Check the fluid level monthly. Seepage .

Air conditioning system Checkits operation weekly. See page .

Windscreen demister Operatethe heater and air conditioningand check the demister ventsmonthly.

Brakes Check the fluid levelmonthly. See page .

Brake pedal Check the brakepedal for smooth operation.

Parking brake Check theparking brake lever for smoothoperation.

Tyres Check the tyre pressuremonthly. Examine the tread forwear and foreign objects. See page

.

12 volt battery Check itscondition and the terminals forcorrosion monthly. See page .

Lights Check the operation ofall the lights monthly. See page

.

Doors Check the tailgate andall doors including the rear doorsfor smooth opening/closing andsecure locking.

Horn Check the horn operation.

199

200

257

258

260

282

288

275

263

Owner’s Maintenance Checks

Maintenance252

12/04/18 15:01:41 42TF2C00_257

Page 258: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Fluid Locations

Maintenance 253

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILLFFIILLLL CCAAPP

WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD((BBlluuee ccaapp))

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL DDIIPPSSTTIICCKK((OOrraannggee hhaannddllee))

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTTRREESSEERRVVOOIIRR

RRAADDIIAATTOORR CCAAPP

BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDD((BBllaacckk ccaapp))

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICCTTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((CCVVTT))FFLLUUIIDD DDIIPPSSTTIICCKK((YYeellllooww lloooopp))

12/04/18 15:01:47 42TF2C00_258

Page 259: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Unscrew and remove the engine oilfill cap on top of the valve cover.Pour in the oil slowly and carefully soyou do not spill any. Clean up anyspills immediately. Spilled oil coulddamage components in the enginecompartment.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, andtighten it securely. Let the enginewarm up and turn off the engine, letit sit for approximately 3 minutes,then check the oil level on theengine oil dipstick. Do not fill abovethe upper mark; you could damagethe engine.

Oil is a major contributor to yourengine’s performance and longevity.Always use a premium-grade deter-gent oil. It is highly recommendedthat you use genuine Honda MotorOil in your vehicle for as long as youown it.

You can select the proper SAEviscosity oil for your vehicleaccording to this chart:

Always use a fuel-efficient oil thatsays API Service SM or higher grade.This oil is formulated to help yourengine use less fuel.

0W-30 oil is formulated to help yourengine use less fuel.

Recommended Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil

Maintenance254

ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

Ambient Temperature

12/04/18 15:01:55 42TF2C00_259

Page 260: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Your vehicle does not require any oiladditives. Additives may adverselyaffect your engine’s or transmission’sperformance and durability.

If the coolant level in the reservetank is at or below the MIN line, addcoolant to bring it up to the MAX line.Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Always use genuine Honda AllSeason Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2.This coolant is pre-mixed with 50percent antifreeze and 50 percentdistilled water. Never add straightantifreeze or plain water.

Maintenance

Adding Engine Oil, Engine Coolant

Engine Oil Additives Adding Engine Coolant

255

RESERVE TANK

12/04/18 15:02:02 42TF2C00_260

Page 261: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The cooling system contains manyaluminium components that cancorrode if an improper antifreeze isused. Some antifreeze, even thoughlabelled as safe for aluminium parts,may not provide adequate protection.

If the reserve tank is completelyempty, you should also check thecoolant level in the radiator.

Make sure the engine and radiatorare cool.

Relieve any pressure in the coolingsystem by turning the radiator capanticlockwise, without pressingdown.

Remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turninganticlockwise.

The coolant level should be up tothe base of the filler neck. Addcoolant if it is low.

Pour the coolant slowly andcarefully so you do not spill any.Clean up any spills immediately; itcould damage components in theengine compartment.

Put the radiator cap back on, andtighten it fully.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Engine Coolant

Maintenance256

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to sprayout, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

Fill up to here

12/04/18 15:02:12 42TF2C00_261

Page 262: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Do not use engine antifreeze or avinegar/water solution in thewindscreen washer reservoir.Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’spaint, while a vinegar/water solutioncan damage the windscreen washerpump. Use only commercially-available windscreen washer fluid.

When you refill the reservoir, cleanthe edges of the windscreen wiperblades with windscreen washer fluidon a clean cloth. This will help tocondition them.

Fill the reservoir with a good-qualitywindscreen washer fluid. Thisincreases the cleaning capability andprevents freezing in cold weather.

Check the fluid level by removingthe cap and looking at the levelgauge.

Check the fluid level in thewindscreen washer reservoir at leastmonthly during normal use.

Pour coolant into the reserve tank.Fill it to halfway between the MAXand MIN marks. Put the cap backon the reserve tank.

Do not add any rust inhibitors orother additives to your vehicle’scooling system. They may not becompatible with the coolant orengine components.

6.

Maintenance

Windscreen Washers

Engine Coolant, Windscreen Washers

257

LEVEL GAUGE

RESERVE TANK MINMAX

12/04/18 15:02:20 42TF2C00_262

Page 263: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Check the fluid level with the engineat normal operating temperature.

Remove the dipstick (yellow loop)from the transmission, and wipe itwith a clean cloth.

Insert the dipstick all the way intothe transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

Park the vehicle on level ground.Start the engine, let it run until theradiator fan comes on, then shutoff the engine. For accurateresults, wait about 60 seconds (butno longer than 90 seconds) beforedoing step 2.

Remove the dipstick and checkthe fluid level. There is a HOTside and a COLD side on thedipstick. The fluid level should bebetween the upper and lowermarks on the HOT side.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT)

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission Fluid

258

UPPERMARK

LOWERMARK

HOTRange

DDIIPPSSTTIICCKK

12/04/18 15:02:29 42TF2C00_263

Page 264: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Insert the dipstick all the way backinto the transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

If the level is below the lowermark, add fluid into the dipstickhole to bring it to the levelbetween the upper and lowermarks.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully soyou do not spill any. Clean up anyspills immediately. Spilled fluid coulddamage components in the enginecompartment.

Always use Honda CVTF(continuously variable transmissionfluid) or HMMF (Honda Multi Maticfluid) in some countries.

Use only Honda CVTF (continuouslyvariable transmission fluid). Do notmix with other transmission fluids.Using transmission fluid other thanHonda CVTF (continuously variabletransmission fluid) may causedeterioration in transmissionoperation and durability, and couldresult in damage to the transmission.Damage resulting from the use oftransmission fluid other than HondaCVTF (continuously variabletransmission fluid) is not covered bythe Honda new vehicle warranty.

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid accordingto the CVTF service reminderindication.

If you are not sure how to check andadd fluid, contact your dealer.

6.5.

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission Fluid

259

12/04/18 15:02:37 42TF2C00_264

Page 265: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Check the brake fluid level in thereservoirs monthly.

Always use genuine Honda BrakeFluid or an equivalent from a sealedcontainer that is marked DOT3 orDOT4 only. Brake fluid markedDOT5 is not compatible with yourvehicle’s braking system.

The fluid level should be betweenthe MIN and MAX marks on the sideof the reservoir. If the level is at orbelow the MIN mark, your brakesystem needs attention. Have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘BRAKE FLUID LOW’’message on the multi-informationdisplay when the brake fluid level islow.

Replace the brake fluid according tothe recommendation in themaintenance schedule.

Brake Fluid

Maintenance260

MAXMIN

12/04/18 15:02:44 42TF2C00_265

Page 266: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The air cleaner element is inside theair cleaner housing in the enginecompartment.

Unsnap the four hold-down clipsand remove the air cleanerhousing cover.

To replace it:Carefully clean the inside of theair cleaner housing with a damprag.

Remove the old air cleanerelement.

The air cleaner element should bereplaced according to the time anddistance recommendations in themaintenance schedule.

Follow the replacement procedurefor removal and reinstallation.

1.

2.

3.

CONTINUED

Replacement

Air Cleaner Element

Maintenance 261

CCLLIIPPSS

AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR EELLEEMMEENNTT

12/04/18 15:02:54 42TF2C00_266

Page 267: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Place the new air cleaner elementin the air cleaner housing.

Reinstall the air cleaner housingcover, and snap the four hold-down clips back into place. Makesure they are securely latched.

The fuel filter should be replacedaccording to the time and distancerecommendations in the mainte-nance schedule.

It is recommended to replace thefuel filter every 40,000 km, or 2 years,if the fuel you are using is suspectedto be contaminated. In a high dustenvironment, the filter may becomeclogged sooner.

Have a qualified technician changethe fuel filter. Since the fuel systemis under pressure, fuel can spray outand create a hazard if all fuel lineconnections are not handledcorrectly.

4.

5.

Fuel Filter

Air Cleaner Element, Fuel Filter

Maintenance262

12/04/18 15:03:01 42TF2C00_267

Page 268: Fit Hybrid English Manual

**

Check the operation of your vehicle’sexterior lights at least once a month.A burned out bulb can make thecondition of your vehicle unsafereducing your vehicle’s visibility andthe ability to signal your intentions toother drivers.

Replacement of these bulbs should be done by your dealer.:

CONTINUED

Lights

Maintenance 263

HHEEAADDLLIIGGHHTT

FFRROONNTT TTUURRNN SSIIGGNNAALL LLIIGGHHTT

PPOOSSIITTIIOONN LLIIGGHHTT SSIIDDEE TTUURRNNSSIIGGNNAALL LLIIGGHHTT

FFRROONNTT FFOOGG LLIIGGHHTT

12/04/18 15:03:07 42TF2C00_268

Page 269: Fit Hybrid English Manual

****

Check the following:

Headlights (low and high beam)

Back-up lightsRear fog lightHazard light functionLicence plate lightsHigh-mount brake light

Position lightsTurn signals

Side turn signalsStop/Tail-lights

If you find any bulbs are burned out,replace them as soon as possible.Refer to the chart on page todetermine what type of replacementbulb is needed.

Front fog lights

Replacement of these bulbs should be done by your dealer.:

337

Lights

Maintenance264

RREEAARR TTUURRNNSSIIGGNNAALL LLIIGGHHTT

LLIICCEENNCCEE PPLLAATTEE LLIIGGHHTTSS

BBAACCKK--UUPP LLIIGGHHTTSSTTOOPP//TTAAIILL--LLIIGGHHTT

RREEAARR FFOOGG LLIIGGHHTT

HHIIGGHH--MMOOUUNNTTBBRRAAKKEE LLIIGGHHTT

12/04/18 15:03:21 42TF2C00_269

Page 270: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Open the bonnet.

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling theconnector straight back.

Remove the rubber weather sealby pulling on the tab.

Your vehicle has halogen headlightbulbs. When replacing a bulb, handleit by its base, and protect the glassfrom contact with your skin or hardobjects. If you touch the glass, cleanit with denatured alcohol and a cleancloth.

Halogen headlight bulbs get very hotwhen lit. Oil, perspiration, or ascratch on the glass can cause thebulb to overheat and shatter.

The headlights were properly aimedwhen your vehicle was new. If youregularly carry heavy items in theluggage area, readjustment may berequired. Adjustments should bedone by your dealer or anotherqualified technician.

The vertical angle of the headlightscan be adjusted. For moreinformation, see page .

1.

2.

3.

127

CONTINUED

Headlight Aiming Replacing a Headlight Bulb

Lights

Maintenance 265

WEATHER SEAL

CONNECTOR

TAB

12/04/18 15:03:31 42TF2C00_270

Page 271: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Unclip the end of the hold-downwire from its slot. Pivot the wireout of the way, then remove thebulb.

Install the new bulb into the hole,making sure the tabs are in theirslots. Pivot the hold-down wireback in place, and clip the end intothe slot.

Make sure that the hold-downwire is installed properly andsecurely. You can check itsinstallation from the inspectionwindow on the headlight assembly.

Push the electrical connector ontothe new bulb. Make sure it isconnected securely. Turn on theheadlights to test the new bulb.

Install the rubber weather sealover the back of the headlightassembly. Make sure it is rightside up.

4. 5.

6.

7.

8.

Lights

Maintenance266

BULB HOLD-DOWN WIRE

TAB

SLOT

HOLD-DOWN WIRE

12/04/18 15:03:39 42TF2C00_271

Page 272: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Open the bonnet. Remove the socket from theheadlight assembly by turning itone-quarter turn anticlockwise.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

Insert the socket back into theheadlight assembly. Turn itclockwise to lock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

(Right side)Put the windscreen washerreservoir back in place. Install theholding clip. Lock it in place bypushing on the centre.

The front turn signal light is nextto the headlight bulb. Whenreplacing the right bulb, firstremove the windscreen washerreservoir. Use a flat-tipscrewdriver to remove the holdingclip from the reservoir.

1. 2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Replacing a Front Turn SignalLight Bulb

Lights

Maintenance 267

HOLDING CLIP

SOCKETBULB

12/04/18 15:03:48 42TF2C00_272

Page 273: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Open the bonnet.

Remove the socket from theheadlight assembly by turning itone-quarter turn anticlockwise.

Insert the socket back into theheadlight assembly. Turn itclockwise to lock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Open the tailgate. Place a cloth onthe edge of the cover to preventscratches. Remove it by carefullyprying in the notch on its middleedge with a small flat-tipscrewdriver.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

3.

1.

2.

4.

5.

1.

Replacing a Front Position LightBulb

Replacing Rear Bulbs

Lights

Maintenance268

SOCKET

BULB

COVER

NOTCH

12/04/18 15:03:57 42TF2C00_273

Page 274: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Remove the socket by turning itone-quarter turn anticlockwise.

Remove the burned out bulb bypulling it straight out of its socket.

Determine which of the threebulbs is burned out: back-up light,turn signal light or rear fog light(on the driver’s side only).

(Right side)Remove the cover by pulling theknob.

Turn the jack’s end bracketanticlockwise to loosen it, thenremove the jack.

4.

5.

3.

2.

Lights

Maintenance 269

JJAACCKK

CCOOVVEERRKKNNOOBB SOCKET

BULB

Driver’s side

12/04/18 15:04:07 42TF2C00_274

Page 275: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Remove the licence light assemblyby squeezing the tabs on bothsides of the socket.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

Push the rear licence lightassembly toward the right and pullit out of the tailgate.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Install the new bulb into thesocket.

Reinstall the light assembly cover.

Reinstall the socket into the lightassembly by turning it clockwiseuntil it locks.

1. 2.

3.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Replacing a Rear Licence PlateLight Bulb

Lights

Maintenance270

SOCKET

TAB

BULB

TAB

12/04/18 15:04:16 42TF2C00_275

Page 276: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To remove a front fog light cover,use a Phillips-head screwdriver toremove the screw. Pull the screwside of the fog light cover, thencarefully pull it out of the bumper.

Your vehicle uses halogen lightbulbs. When replacing a bulb, handleit by its plastic case, and protect theglass from contact with your skin orhard objects. If you touch the glass,clean it with denatured alcohol and aclean cloth.

Halogen light bulbs get very hotwhen lit. Oil, perspiration, or ascratch on the glass can cause thebulb to overheat and shatter.

Put a cloth on the edge of thecover to prevent scratches.Remove the cover from the frontbumper by using a flat-tipscrewdriver or some other flat tool.

Turn on the position lights andcheck that the new bulb isworking.

Put the licence light assemblyback into the tailgate, the rightedge first. Push the assembly tothe left until it stops.

1.

2.

4.

5.

CONTINUED

Replacing a Front Fog Light Bulb

Lights

Maintenance 271

FFOOGG LLIIGGHHTT CCOOVVEERR

CCOOVVEERR

12/04/18 15:04:26 42TF2C00_276

Page 277: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Install the new bulb into the holeand turn it one-quarter turnclockwise to lock it in place.

Push the electrical connector backonto the bulb. Make sure it is onall the way.

Turn on the front fog lights to testthe new bulb.

Reinstall the fog light assemblyinto the bumper and tighten thescrews securely.

Reinstall the fog light cover intothe bumper while setting the tabin the bracket. Tighten the screwsecurely.Remove the bulb by turning it one-

quarter turn anticlockwise.

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pushing on thetab and pulling the connectordown.

To remove a front fog lightassembly, use a Phillips-headscrewdriver to remove the screws,then carefully pull it out of thebumper.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

3.

Lights

Maintenance272

BBUULLBB

TTAABBSSCCRREEWWSS

12/04/18 15:04:36 42TF2C00_277

Page 278: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Ceiling light:Pry on the front edge of the lensnear both sides.

Push the new bulb into the metaltabs. Snap the lens back in place.

Spotlights:Pry on the inner edge of bothspotlights.

The ceiling lights and spotlightscome apart the same way.

Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of its metal tabs.

Put a cloth on the edge of the lensto prevent scratches, then removethe lens by carefully prying on theedge of it with a fingernail file or asmall flat-tip screwdriver. Do notpry on the edge of the housingaround the lens.

2.

3.

1.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing Bulbs in the InteriorLights

273

BULB BULB

BULB

LENS LENS

REAR CEILING LIGHTSPOTLIGHTS

12/04/18 15:04:45 42TF2C00_278

Page 279: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Remove the electrical connector.Open the tailgate.

Put a cloth on the rear edge of thelight assembly to preventscratches. Remove the lightassembly by using a small flat-tipscrewdriver to pry carefully on therear edge of the assembly.

Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of its metal tabs.

Push the new bulb into the metaltabs. Reinstall the electricalconnector and carefully snap thelens back in place.

2.

3.

4.

1.

Replacing the Luggage Area LightBulb

Lights

Maintenance274

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

BULB

12/04/18 15:04:52 42TF2C00_279

Page 280: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your vehicle’s air conditioning is asealed system. Any majormaintenance, such as recharging,should be done by a qualifiedtechnician. You can do a couple ofthings to make sure the airconditioning works efficiently.

Periodically check the engine’sradiator and air conditioningcondenser for leaves, insects, anddirt stuck to the front surface. Theseblock the air flow and reduce coolingefficiency. Use a light spray from ahose or a soft brush to remove them.

The condenser and radiator finsbend easily. Only use a low-pressurespray or soft-bristle brush to cleanthem.

Run the air conditioning at least oncea week during the cold weathermonths. Run it for at least 10minutes while you are driving at asteady speed with the engine atnormal operating temperature. Thiscirculates the lubricating oil con-tained in the refrigerant.

If the air conditioning does not get ascold as before, have your dealercheck the system. Recharge thesystem with Refrigerant HFC-134a(R-134a).

Whenever you have the airconditioning system serviced, makesure the service facility uses arefrigerant recycling system. Thissystem captures the refrigerant forreuse. Releasing refrigerant into theatmosphere can damage theenvironment.

Air Conditioning System

Maintenance 275

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG CCOONNDDEENNSSEERR

12/04/18 15:05:00 42TF2C00_280

Page 281: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This filter removes the dust andpollen that is brought in from theoutside through the climate controlsystem.

The dust and pollen filter should bereplaced at short intervals if youdrive primarily in urban areas thathave high concentrations of soot inthe air from industry and diesel-powered vehicles. Replace it moreoften if airflow from the climatecontrol system becomes less thanusual.

To replace it:

The dust and pollen filter is locatedbehind the glove box.

Open the glove box.

Disengage the two tabs bypushing on each side panel.

Pivot the glove box out of the way.

This filter should be replaced duringscheduled maintenance. See themaintenance schedules in thisowner’s manual.

1.

2.

3.

Replacement

Dust and Pollen Filter

Maintenance276

Push

Push

TAB

12/04/18 15:05:09 42TF2C00_281

Page 282: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Install the case. Make sure bothtabs ‘‘click’’ into place.

Pivot the glove box up intoposition. Install the tabs back inplace.

Close the glove box.

If you are not sure how to replacethe dust and pollen filter, have itreplaced by your dealer.

Push in the tabs on the corners ofthe dust and pollen filter case. Pullout the case.

Remove the filter from the case.

Install the new filter in the case.Make sure the arrows of the ‘‘AIRFLOW’’ marks on the filter pointto the airflow direction(downward).

4. 5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Dust and Pollen Filter

Maintenance 277

TAB

TAB

DUST AND POLLEN FILTER

12/04/18 15:05:17 42TF2C00_282

Page 283: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Disconnect the blade assemblyfrom the wiper arm by pulling upthe cover.

To replace a front wiper blade:

Raise the wiper arm off thewindscreen. Raise the driver’s sidefirst, then the passenger’s side.

Do not open the bonnet when thewiper arms are raised, or you willdamage the bonnet and the wiperarms.

Check the condition of the wiperblades at least every six months.Replace them if you find signs ofcracking in the rubber, areas that aregetting hard, or if they leave streaksand unwiped areas when used.

1.

2.

Wiper Blades

Maintenance278

WIPER ARMS

COVER

12/04/18 15:05:25 42TF2C00_283

Page 284: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Push the blade assembly towardthe base of the arm.

Remove the blade from its holderby grasping the tabbed end of theblade. Pull firmly until the tabscome out of the holder.

Examine the new wiper blades. Ifthey have no plastic or metalreinforcement along the backedge, remove the metalreinforcement strips from the oldwiper blade, and install them inthe slots along the edge of the newblade.

Carefully pull out the bladeassembly to prevent it from hittingthe windscreen.

When you install thereinforcement, align the lugportion on the blade and notch onthe reinforcement.

4.3. 5.

CONTINUED

Wiper Blades

Maintenance 279

BLADEWIPER ARM

WIPER BLADEREINFORCEMENT

12/04/18 15:05:32 42TF2C00_284

Page 285: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Pull one end of the blade out fromthe holder.

To replace a rear wiper blade:

Raise the wiper arm off the rearwindow.

Disconnect the blade assemblyfrom the wiper arm by pivoting theblade assembly upward.

Slide the new wiper bladeassembly into the holder along thetabs on the holder.

Slide the wiper blade assemblyonto the wiper arm. Make sure itlocks in place.

Lower the wiper arm down againstthe windscreen. Lower thepassenger’s side first, then thedriver’s side.

Slide the blade out of the holder.

6.

7.

8.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Wiper Blades

Maintenance280

REAR

12/04/18 15:05:41 42TF2C00_285

Page 286: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Examine the new wiper blade. If ithas no plastic or metalreinforcement along the backedge, remove the metalreinforcement strips from the oldwiper blade and install them in theslots along the edge of the newblade.

Slide the new blade into the holder.Make sure it is engaged in the slotalong its full length.

Insert both ends of the blade intothe holder. Make sure they aresecure.

Install the wiper blade assemblyonto the wiper arm. Make sure itlocks in place.

Lower the wiper arm against thewindow.

7.

5. 6.

8.

9.

Wiper Blades

Maintenance 281

REINFORCEMENT

BLADE

12/04/18 15:05:48 42TF2C00_286

Page 287: Fit Hybrid English Manual

To safely operate your vehicle, yourtyres must be the proper type andsize, in good condition with adequatetread, and correctly inflated.

The following pages give moredetailed information on how to takecare of your tyres and what to dowhen they need to be replaced.

Keeping the tyres properly inflatedprovides the best combination ofhandling, tread life, and ridingcomfort.

We recommend that you visuallycheck your tyres every day. If youthink a tyre might be low, check itimmediately with a tyre gauge.

Underinflated tyres wear unevenly,adversely affect handling and fueleconomy, and are more likely tofail from being overheated.

Overinflated tyres can make yourvehicle ride more harshly, aremore prone to damage from roadhazards, and wear unevenly.

Use a gauge to measure the airpressure in each tyre at least once amonth. Even tyres that are in goodcondition may lose 10 to 20 kPa (0.1to 0.2 kgf/cm , 1 to 2 psi) per month.

Remember to check the spare tyre(if equipped) at the same time.

Check the air pressure when thetyres are cold. This means thevehicle has been parked for at least 3hours, or driven less than 1.6 km.Add or release air, if needed, tomatch the recommended cold tyrepressures on the label on the driver’sdoorjamb.

If you check air pressure when thetyres are hot (driven for severalkilometers), you will see readings 30to 40 kPa (0.3 to 0.4 kgf/cm , 4 to 6psi) higher than the cold readings.This is normal. Do not let air out tomatch the recommended cold airpressure. The tyre will beunderinflated.

Inflation Guidelines

Tyres

Maintenance282

Using tyres that areexcessively worn orimproperly inflated can causea crash in which you can beseriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regardingtyre inflation andmaintenance.

12/04/18 15:05:58 42TF2C00_287

Page 288: Fit Hybrid English Manual

You should get your own tyrepressure gauge and use it wheneveryou check your tyre pressures. Thiswill make it easier for you to tell if apressure loss is due to a tyreproblem and not due to a variationbetween gauges.

While tubeless tyres have someability to self-seal if they arepunctured, you should look closelyfor punctures if a tyre starts losingpressure.

For convenience, the recommendedcold air pressures and tyre sizes areon a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

Every time you check inflation, youshould also examine the tyres fordamage, foreign objects, and wear.You should look for:

Bumps or bulges in the tread orside of the tyre. Replace the tyre ifyou find either of these conditions.

Cuts, splits, or cracks in the sideof the tyre. Replace the tyre if youcan see fabric or cord.

Excessive tread wear.Your tyres have wear indicatorsmoulded into the tread. When thetread wears down, you will see a 12.7mm wide band across the tread. Thisshows there is less than 1.6 mm oftread left on the tyre.

A tyre this worn gives very littletraction on wet roads. You shouldreplace the tyre if you can see threeor more tread wear indicators.

Tyre Inspection

Tyres

Maintenance 283

INDICATOR LOCATION MARKS

TREAD WEAR INDICATOR

12/04/18 15:06:07 42TF2C00_288

Page 289: Fit Hybrid English Manual

In addition to proper inflation,correct wheel alignment helps todecrease tyre wear. If you find a tyreis worn unevenly, have your dealercheck the wheel alignment.

Have your dealer check the tyres ifyou feel a consistent vibration whiledriving. A tyre should always berebalanced if it is removed from thewheel. When you have new tyresinstalled, make sure they arebalanced. This increases ridingcomfort and tyre life. For bestresults, have the installer perform adynamic balance.

If you purchase directional tyres,rotate only front-to-back.When the tyres are rotated, makesure the air pressures are checked.

Improper wheel weights can damageyour vehicle’s aluminium wheels.Use only genuine Honda wheelweights for balancing.

To help increase tyre life anddistribute wear more evenly, rotatethe tyres every 10,000 km. Move thetyres to the positions shown in theillustration each time they arerotated. The above illustration showshow the tyres should be rotated.

Tyre Maintenance Tyre Rotation

Tyres

Maintenance284

FrontFront

(For directionalTyres and Wheels)

(For non-directionalTyres and Wheels)

12/04/18 15:06:15 42TF2C00_289

Page 290: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Replace your tyres with radial tyresof the same size, load range, speedrating, and maximum cold tyrepressure rating (as shown on thetyre’s sidewall).

Mixing radial and bias-ply tyres onyour vehicle can reduce brakingability, traction, and steeringaccuracy. Using tyres of a differentsize or construction can cause theABS to work inconsistently.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. When replacingtyres, use the same size originallysupplied with the vehicle. Tyre sizeand construction can affect wheelspeed and may cause the system towork.

It is best to replace all four tyres atthe same time. If that is not possibleor necessary, replace the two fronttyres or two rear tyres as a pair.Replacing just one tyre can seriouslyaffect your vehicle’s handling.

If you ever replace a wheel, makesure that the wheel’s specificationsmatch those of the original wheels.Consult your dealer before replacingtyres.

Replacement wheels are available atyour dealer.

Replacing Tyres and Wheels

Tyres

Maintenance 285

Installing improper tyres onyour vehicle can affecthandling and stability. Thiscan cause a crash in whichyou can be seriously hurt orkilled.

Always use the size and typeof tyres recommended in thetyre information label onyour vehicle.

12/04/18 15:06:22 42TF2C00_290

Page 291: Fit Hybrid English Manual

++

Wheels: Because of the limited winterqualification of summer tyres forwinter use we recommend the use ofwinter tyres (M S tyres) on snowyand icy roads. If M S tyres areinstalled, all four wheels should beequipped to insure safe driving. Useonly tyres of the same brand withthe same profile. Pay attention to thetyre size, load capacity and speedclass when buying.

Tyres:

See the tyre information label on thedriver’s doorjamb or ask your dealerfor information on the proper size ofthe tyres on your vehicle.

Use snow chains only in anemergency or when they are legallyrequired for driving through acertain area. Install the snow chainson the front wheels. Use greatercaution when driving with snowchains on snow or ice. They mayhave less-predictable handling thangood winter tyres without chains.Some snow chains may damage thevehicle’s tyres, wheels, suspension,brake lines and body. Choose onlyfine limbed chains which guaranteeenough free space between the tyreand the other vehicle parts in thewheelhouse. Pay attention to thesectional assembly view and otherdirections from the chainmanufacturer. Consult your dealerbefore purchasing any type of chainsfor your vehicle.

Winter TyresWheel and Tyre Specifications Tyre Chains

Tyres

Maintenance286

15 x 5 1/2 J

175/65R15 84T

12/04/18 15:06:30 42TF2C00_291

Page 292: Fit Hybrid English Manual

When you have installed tyre chains,drive at less than 30 km/h on roadscovered with snow or ice. Tominimize tyre and chain wear, avoiddriving on cleared roads with chainsinstalled.

Use only the specified chains or their equivalents for your tyres as listed.Install them on the front tyres only.

Chain TypeOriginal Tyre Size

Original tyre is mentioned on the tyre information label on the driver’sdoorjamb.

:

Tyres

Maintenance 287

Using the wrong chains, ornot properly installing chains,can damage the brake linesand cause a crash in whichyou can be seriously injuredor killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regardingthe selection and use of tyrechains.

48404 RUD-matic classic or equivalents175/65R15 84T

12/04/18 15:06:37 42TF2C00_292

Page 293: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Check the terminals for corrosion (awhite or yellowish powder). Toremove it, cover the terminals with asolution of baking soda and water. Itwill bubble up and turn brown. Whenthis stops, wash it off with plainwater. Dry off the battery with acloth or paper towel. Coat theterminals with grease to help preventfuture corrosion.

Check the condition of the 12 voltbattery monthly by looking at thetest indicator window. The label onthe 12 volt battery explains the testindicator’s colours.

If additional 12 volt batterymaintenance is needed, see yourdealer or a qualified technician.

If you need to connect the 12 voltbattery to a charger, disconnect bothcables to prevent damaging yourvehicle’s electrical system. Alwaysdisconnect the negative ( ) cablefirst, and reconnect it last.

If your vehicle’s 12 volt battery isdisconnected or goes dead, the IMAbattery level gauge reading will notbe correct the next time you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. It will show less than theactual level temporarily. It will showthe correct level after you drive forat least 30 minutes.

Checking the 12 Volt Battery

Maintenance288

TEST INDICATOR WINDOW

12/04/18 15:06:43 42TF2C00_293

Page 294: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Remove contaminatedclothing. Flush the skin with largequantities of water. Call a physicianimmediately.

Flush with water from a cupor other container for at least 15minutes. (Water under pressure candamage the eye.) Call a physicianimmediately.

Drink water or milk.Call a physician immediately.

CONTINUED

Emergency Procedures

Skin

Eyes

Swallowing

Checking the 12 Volt Battery

Maintenance 289

The battery gives offexplosive hydrogen gasduring normal operation. Aspark or open flame cancause the battery to explodewith enough force to kill orseriously hurt you.

Keep all sparks, open flames,and smoking materials awayfrom the battery.

Wear protective clothing anda face shield, or have a skilledtechnician do the batterymaintenance.

The battery contains sulfuricacid (electrolyte) which ishighly corrosive andpoisonous.

Getting electrolyte in youreyes or on your skin cancause serious burns. Wearprotective clothing and eyeprotection when working onor near the battery.

Swallowing electrolyte cancause fatal poisoning ifimmediate action is nottaken.

KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OFCHILDREN

12/04/18 15:06:51 42TF2C00_294

Page 295: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, the audiosystem may disable itself. The nexttime you turn on the radio, you willsee ‘‘ENTER CODE’’ in thefrequency display. Use the presetbuttons to enter the code (see page

).

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected, or goes dead, the timesetting is lost. To reset the time, seepage .

If you need to park your vehicle foran extended period (more than 1month), there are several things youshould do to prepare it for storage.Proper preparation helps preventdeterioration and makes it easier toget your vehicle back on the road. Ifpossible, store your vehicle indoors.

Fill the fuel tank.

Wash and dry the exteriorcompletely.

Clean the interior. Make sure thecarpeting, floor mats, etc., arecompletely dry.

Leave the parking brake off. Putthe transmission in Park.

Block the rear wheels.

If the vehicle is to be stored for alonger period, it should besupported on jackstands so thetyres are off the ground.

Leave one window open slightly (ifthe vehicle is being storedindoors).

Disconnect the 12 volt battery.

Support the front and rear wiperblade arms with a folded towel orrag so they do not touch thewindscreen.

To minimize sticking, apply asilicone spray lubricant to all doorand tailgate seals. Also, apply avehicle body wax to the paintedsurfaces that mate with the doorand tailgate seals.

191

192

Maintenance

Checking the 12 Volt Battery, Vehicle Storage

Vehicle Storage

290

12/04/18 15:07:01 42TF2C00_295

Page 296: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If possible, periodically run theengine until it reaches fulloperating temperature (thecooling fans cycle on and offtwice). Preferably, do this once amonth.

Cover the vehicle with a‘‘breathable’’ cover, one madefrom a porous material such ascotton. Non-porous materials, suchas plastic sheeting, trap moisture,which can damage the paint.

Reconnect the 12 volt battery anddrive your vehicle every month forabout 30 minutes. This will keepthe IMA battery charged and ingood condition.

If you store your vehicle for 1 year orlonger, have your dealer perform themaintenance inspections called for inthe 2 years/40,000 km maintenanceschedule as soon as you take it out ofstorage (see page ). Thereplacements called for in themaintenance schedule are notneeded unless the vehicle hasactually reached that time ordistance.

If this vehicle is unused for over onemonth, the service life of the 100VNickel-Metal Hydride battery will bereduced and the battery may bepermanently damaged.

248

Vehicle Storage

Maintenance 291

12/04/18 15:07:07 42TF2C00_296

Page 297: Fit Hybrid English Manual

292

12/04/18 15:07:09 42TF2C00_297

Page 298: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Regular cleaning and polishing ofyour vehicle helps to keep it ‘‘new’’looking. This section gives youinformation on how to clean yourvehicle and preserve its appearance:the paint, brightwork, wheels andinterior. Also included are severalthings you can do to help preventcorrosion.

.................................Exterior Care . 294.....................................Washing . 294

.......................................Waxing . 295...................Aluminium Wheels . 295

............................Roof Antenna . 296..........................Paint Touch-up . 296

..................................Interior Care . 297...................................Carpeting . 297.................................Floor Mats . 297

.........................................Fabric . 298...........................................Vinyl . 298

.......................................Leather . 298....................................Windows . 298...................................Seat Belts . 299

..........................Air Fresheners . 299....................Corrosion Protection . 300

Appearance Care

Appearance Care

293

12/04/18 15:07:13 42TF2C00_298

Page 299: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Frequent washing helps preserveyour vehicle’s beauty. Dirt and gritcan scratch the paint, while tree sapand bird droppings can permanentlyruin the finish.

Wash your vehicle in a shady area,not in direct sunlight. If the vehicle isparked in the sun, move it into theshade and let the exterior cool downbefore you start.

Only use the solvents and cleanersrecommended in this owner’smanual.

Chemical solvents and strongcleaners can damage the paint, metal,and plastic on your vehicle.

Check the body for road tar, treesap, etc. Remove these stains withtar remover or turpentine. Rinse itoff immediately so it does notharm the finish. Remember to re-wax these areas, even if the rest ofthe vehicle does not need waxing.

When you have washed and rinsedthe whole exterior, dry it with achamois or soft towel. Letting itair-dry will cause dulling and waterspots.

As you dry the vehicle, inspect it forchips and scratches that could allowcorrosion to start. Repair them withtouch-up paint (see page ).

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly withcool water to remove loose dirt.

Fill a bucket with cool water. Mixin a product made especially forcar washing.

Wash the vehicle using water anddetergent solution and a soft-bristle brush, sponge, or soft cloth.Start at the top and work your waydown. Rinse frequently.

296

Washing

Exterior Care

Appearance Care294

12/04/18 15:07:22 42TF2C00_299

Page 300: Fit Hybrid English Manual

-Always wash and dry the wholevehicle before waxing it. You shouldwax your vehicle, including the metaltrim, whenever water sits on thesurface in large patches. It shouldform into beads or droplets afterwaxing.

You should use a quality liquid orpaste wax. Apply it according to theinstructions on the container. Ingeneral, there are two types ofproducts:

Waxes A wax coats the finish andprotects it from damage by exposureto sunlight, air pollution, etc. Youshould use a wax on your vehiclewhen it is new.

Polishes Polishes and cleaner/waxes can restore the shine to paintthat has oxidized and lost some of itsshine. They normally contain mildabrasives and solvents that removethe top layer of the finish. Youshould use a polish on your vehicle ifthe finish does not have its originalshine after using a wax.

Cleaning tar, insects, etc. withremovers also takes off the wax.Remember to re-wax those areas,even if the rest of the vehicle doesnot need waxing.

Clean your vehicle’s aluminium alloywheels as you do the rest of theexterior. Wash them with the samesolution, and rinse them thoroughly.

The wheels have a protectiveclearcoat that keeps the aluminiumfrom corroding and tarnishing. Usingharsh chemicals, including somecommercial wheel cleaners or stiffbrushes, can damage this clear-coat.Only use a mild detergent and softbrush or sponge to clean the wheels.

Exterior Care

Appearance Care

Waxing Aluminium Wheels

295

12/04/18 15:07:30 42TF2C00_300

Page 301: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Your dealer has touch-up paint tomatch your vehicle’s colour. Thecolour code is printed on a plate onthe front doorjamb on the left side.Take this code to your dealer so youare sure to get the correct colour.

Inspect your vehicle frequently forchips or scratches in the paint.Repair them right away to preventcorrosion of the metal underneath.Use the touch-up paint only on smallchips and scratches. More extensivepaint damage should be repaired bya professional.

Afterward, reinstall the antenna andtighten it securely by hand.

Your vehicle is equipped with anantenna at the rear of the roof.Before using a ‘‘drive-through’’ carwash, remove the antenna byunscrewing it by hand. This preventsthe antenna from being damaged bythe car wash brushes.

Exterior Care

Appearance Care

Paint Touch-upRoof Antenna

296

12/04/18 15:07:37 42TF2C00_301

Page 302: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Vacuum the carpeting frequently toremove dirt. Ground-in dirt will makethe carpet wear out faster.Periodically shampoo the carpet tokeep it looking new. Use one of thefoam-type carpet cleaners on themarket. Follow the instructions thatcome with the cleaner, applying itwith a sponge or soft brush. Keepthe carpeting as dry as possible bynot adding water to the foam.

If you remove the driver’s floor mat,make sure to re-anchor it when youput it back in your vehicle.

If you use non-Honda floor mats,make sure they fit properly and thatthey can be used with the floor matanchors. Do not put additional floormats on top of an anchored mat.

When cleaning or replacing, turn theknob anticlockwise to unhook thefloor mat.

The driver’s floor mat that camewith your vehicle hooks over thefloor mat anchors. To lock eachanchor, turn the knob clockwise.This keeps the floor mat from slidingforward and possibly interfering withthe pedals.

If equipped

Interior Care

Appearance Care

Carpeting Floor Mats

297

12/04/18 15:07:45 42TF2C00_302

Page 303: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Vacuum dirt and dust out of thematerial frequently. For generalcleaning, use a solution of mild soapand lukewarm water, letting it air dry.To clean off stubborn spots, use acommercially-available fabric cleaner.Test it on a hidden area of the fabricfirst, to make sure it does not bleachor stain the fabric. Follow theinstructions that come with thecleaner.

Remove dirt and dust with a vacuumcleaner. Wipe the vinyl with a softcloth dampened in a solution of mildsoap and water. Use the samesolution with a soft-bristle brush onmore difficult spots. You can also usecommercially-available spray orfoam-type vinyl cleaners.

Clean the windows, inside and out,with a commercially-available glasscleaner. You can also use a mixtureof one part white vinegar to ten partswater. This will remove the haze thatbuilds up on the inside of thewindows. Use a soft cloth or papertowels to clean all glass and clearplastic surfaces.

The rear window demister wires arebonded to the inside of the glass.Wiping vigorously up-and-down candislodge and break the demisterwires. When cleaning the rearwindow, use gentle pressure andwipe side-to-side.

Vacuum dirt and dust from theleather frequently. Pay closeattention to the pleats and seams.Clean the leather with a soft clothdampened with a 90% water and 10%neutral wool detergent solution.Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth.Remove any dust or dirt on leathersurfaces immediately.

Interior Care

Appearance Care

Fabric

Vinyl

Leather Windows(For some types)

298

12/04/18 15:07:53 42TF2C00_303

Page 304: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you want to use an air freshener/deodorizer in the interior of yourvehicle, it is best to use a solid type.Some liquid air fresheners containchemicals that may cause parts ofthe interior trim and fabric to crackor discolour.

If you use a liquid air freshener,make sure you fasten it securely so itdoes not spill as you drive.

Dirt build-up around the openings ofthe seat belt anchors can cause thebelts to retract slowly. Wipe theopenings with a clean clothdampened in mild soap and warmwater or isopropyl alcohol.

If your seat belts get dirty, use a softbrush with a mixture of mild soapand warm water to clean them. Donot use bleach, dye, or cleaningsolvents. Let the belts air-dry beforeyou use the vehicle.

Appearance Care

Air FreshenersSeat Belts

Interior Care

299

OPENING

12/04/18 15:07:59 42TF2C00_304

Page 305: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Two factors normally contribute tocausing corrosion in your vehicle:

Moisture trapped in body cavities.Dirt and road salt that collects inhollows on the underside of thevehicle stays damp, promotingcorrosion in that area.

Removal of paint and protectivecoatings from the exterior andunderside of the vehicle.

Many corrosion-preventive measuresare built into your vehicle. You canhelp keep your vehicle fromcorroding by performing somesimple periodic maintenance:

Repair chips and scratches in thepaint as soon as you discover them.

Inspect and clean out the drainholes in the bottom of the doorsand body.

Check the floor coverings fordampness. Carpeting and floormats may remain damp for a longtime, especially in winter. Thisdampness can eventually causethe floor panels to corrode.

Use a high-pressure spray to cleanthe underside of your vehicle. Thisis especially important in areasthat use road salt in winter. It isalso a good idea in humid climatesand areas subject to salty air. Becareful of the ABS wheel sensorsand wiring at each wheel.

Have the corrosion-preventivecoatings on the underside of yourvehicle inspected and repairedperiodically.

1.

2.

Corrosion Protection

Appearance Care300

12/04/18 15:08:07 42TF2C00_305

Page 306: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This section covers the morecommon problems that motoristsexperience with their vehicles. Itgives you information about how tosafely evaluate the problem and whatto do to correct it. If the problem hasstranded you on the side of the road,you may be able to get going again.If not, you will also find instructionson getting your vehicle towed.

.....................Compact Spare Tyre . 302...................Changing a Flat Tyre . 303

.............If the Engine Won’t Start . 308................................Jump Starting . 310

..............If the Engine Overheats . 312.........Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 314

12 Volt Battery Charging System.....................................Indicator . 315

.......Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 316...............Brake System Indicator . 317

Opening the Fuel Fill Door....................................Manually . 319

..............................................Fuses . 320.............................Fuse Locations . 324

......................Emergency Towing . 327..........If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck . 329

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Taking Care of the Unexpected

301

12/04/18 15:08:11 42TF2C00_306

Page 307: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Use the compact spare tyre as atemporary replacement only. Getyour regular tyre repaired orreplaced, and put it back on yourvehicle as soon as you can.

Check the air pressure of thecompact spare tyre every time youcheck the other tyres. It should beinflated to:

Follow these precautions:

This tyre gives a harsher ride andless traction on some roadsurfaces. Use greater cautionwhile driving.

Do not mount snow chains on thecompact spare tyre.

Do not use your compact sparetyre on another vehicle unless it isthe same make and model.

Do not use more than onecompact spare tyre at the sametime.

The compact spare tyre is smallerthan the regular tyre. Yourvehicle’s ground clearancereduces when the compact sparetyre is installed. Driving over roaddebris or bumps could possiblydamage the underside of yourvehicle.

Replace the tyre when you can seethe tread wear indicator bars. Thereplacement tyre should be the samesize and design, mounted on thesame wheel. The spare tyre is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularwheel, and the spare wheel is notdesigned for mounting a regular tyre.

Never exceed 80 km/h.

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Compact Spare Tyre

302

INDICATOR LOCATION MARK

TREAD WEAR INDICATOR BAR420 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm , 60 psi)

12/04/18 15:08:21 42TF2C00_307

Page 308: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Use the jack that came with yourvehicle. If you try to raise anothervehicle with this jack or use anotherjack to raise your vehicle, the vehicleor jack can be damaged.

If you have a flat tyre while driving,pull over safely. Drive slowly alongthe shoulder until you get to an areafar away from traffic lanes.

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Changing a Flat Tyre

303

The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack, seriously injuringanyone underneath.

Follow the directions forchanging a tyre exactly, andno person should place anyportion of their body under avehicle that is supported by ajack.

12/04/18 15:08:26 42TF2C00_308

Page 309: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Park the vehicle on firm, level, andnon-slippery ground. Put thetransmission in Park. Apply theparking brake.

Turn on the hazard warning lights,and turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position. Have all thepassengers get out of the vehiclewhile you change the tyre.

Open the tailgate. Raise theluggage area floor by lifting up onthe strap. Remove the cover by pulling the

knob.Turn the jack’s end bracketanticlockwise to loosen it, thenremove the jack.

Unscrew the wing bolt and takethe spare tyre out of its well.

Place blocks in front and back ofthe wheel diagonally opposite thetyre you are changing.

Take the tool kit out of the cover.To keep the luggage area floor outof the way, attach the hook to thetailgate sill.

6.

7.

3.

4.

1.

2.

5.

8.

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Changing a Flat Tyre

304

HOOK KKNNOOBB JJAACCKK

CCOOVVEERR

12/04/18 15:08:37 42TF2C00_309

Page 310: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turnwith the wheel nut wrench.

Do not use the jack if it doesn’t workproperly. Call your dealer or aprofessional towing service.

Place the jack under the jackingpoint nearest the tyre you need tochange. Turn the end bracketclockwise until the top of the jackcontacts the jacking point. Makesure the jacking point tab isresting in the jack notch.

Use the extension and the wheelnut wrench as shown to raise thevehicle until the flat tyre is off theground.

Remove the wheel nuts, thenremove the flat tyre. Handle thewheel nuts carefully; they may behot from driving. Place the flattyre on the ground with theoutside surface facing up.

9. 10. 11.

12.

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Changing a Flat Tyre

305

NOTE:

WHEEL NUT WRENCH

WHEEL NUT

JJAACCKKIINNGG PPOOIINNTTSS WHEEL NUT WRENCH

EXTENSION

12/04/18 15:08:46 42TF2C00_310

Page 311: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Before mounting the spare tyre,wipe any dirt off the mountingsurface of the wheel and hub witha clean cloth. Wipe the hubcarefully; it may be hot fromdriving.

Put on the spare tyre. Put thewheel nuts back on finger-tight,then tighten them in a crisscrosspattern with the wheel nut wrenchuntil the wheel is firmly againstthe hub. Do not try to tighten thewheel nuts fully.

Lower the vehicle to the ground,and remove the jack.

Tighten the wheel nuts securely inthe same crisscross pattern. Havethe wheel nut torque checked atthe nearest automotive servicefacility.

Tighten the wheel nuts to:

13.

14.

15.

16.

Changing a Flat Tyre

Taking Care of the Unexpected306

BRAKE HUB

108 N·m (11 kgf·m)

12/04/18 15:08:54 42TF2C00_311

Page 312: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Remove the centre cap beforestoring the flat tyre in the sparetyre well.

Place the flat tyre face down in thespare tyre well.

Remove the spacer cone from thewing bolt, turn it over, and put itback on the bolt.

Secure the flat tyre by screwingthe wing bolt back into its hole.

Store the jack in its holder. Turnthe jack’s end bracket clockwise tolock it in place. Store the tool kit.Replace the cover.

Store the wheel cover or centrecap in the luggage area. Makesure it does not get scratched ordamaged.

Close the tailgate.

17. 18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Changing a Flat Tyre

307

Loose items can fly aroundthe interior in a crash andcould seriously injure theoccupants.

Store the wheel, jack, andtools securely before driving.

CENTRE CAP

WING BOLT

Fornormaltyre

Forcompactspare tyre

12/04/18 15:09:02 42TF2C00_312

Page 313: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The engine normally starts with theIMA motor. If the engine does notstart while the IMA battery charge isnormally sufficient, check thefollowing: There may be an electrical

problem, such as no power to thefuel pump. Check all the fuses(see page ).

Do you have fuel? Check the fuelgauge; the low fuel indicator maynot be working.

When the IMA battery charge is low,the starter motor is used to start theengine. If the engine does not start,check the following:

Check the transmission interlock.The shift lever must be in Park orneutral or the starter will notoperate.

Are you using the proper startingprocedure? Refer to

on page .

Are you using a properly codedkey? An improperly coded key willcause the immobilizer systemindicator in the instrument panelto blink rapidly (see page ).

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. Turn on theheadlights, and check theirbrightness. If the headlights arevery dim or do not come on at all,the 12 volt battery is discharged.See on page .

131

211

320

310

Starting theEngine

Jump Starting

If the Engine Won’t Start

Taking Care of the Unexpected308

12/04/18 15:09:10 42TF2C00_313

Page 314: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the headlights dim noticeably orgo out when you try to start theengine, either the 12 volt battery isdischarged or the connections arecorroded. Check the condition of the12 volt battery and terminalconnections (see page ). You canthen try jump starting the vehiclefrom a booster 12 volt battery (seepage ).

Turn the ignition switch to theSTART (III) position. If theheadlights do not dim, check thecondition of the fuses. If the fusesare OK, there is probablysomething wrong with theelectrical circuit for the ignitionswitch or starter motor. You willneed a qualified technician todetermine the problem. See

on page .

If you find nothing wrong, you willneed a qualified technician to findthe problem. See

on page .

327

288

310

327

Emergency Towing

EmergencyTowing

If the Engine Won’t Start

Taking Care of the Unexpected 309

12/04/18 15:09:15 42TF2C00_314

Page 315: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Although this seems like a simpleprocedure, you should take severalprecautions.

Connect one jumper cable to thepositive ( ) terminal on yourbattery. Connect the other end tothe positive ( ) terminal on thebooster battery.

To jump start your vehicle:

The numbers in the illustration showyou the order to connect the jumpercables.

You cannot start your vehicle with anautomatic transmission (CVT) bypushing or pulling it.

Open the bonnet, and check thephysical condition of the 12 voltbattery. In very cold weather,check the condition of theelectrolyte. If it seems slushy orfrozen, do not try jump startinguntil it thaws.

Turn off all electrical accessories:heater, A/C, climate control, audiosystem, lights, etc. Put thetransmission in Park, and set theparking brake.

If a battery sits in extreme cold, theelectrolyte inside can freeze.Attempting to jump start with afrozen battery can cause it to rupture.

3.

1.

2.

Jump Starting

Taking Care of the Unexpected310

A battery can explode if youdo not follow the correctprocedure, seriously injuringanyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames,and smoking materials awayfrom the battery.

BBOOOOSSTTEERR BBAATTTTEERRYY

12/04/18 15:09:24 42TF2C00_315

Page 316: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, have an assistant startthat vehicle and run it at a fast idle.

Once the vehicle is running,disconnect the negative cable fromyour vehicle, then from thebooster battery. Disconnect thepositive cable from your vehicle,and then from the booster battery.

Connect the second jumper cableto the negative ( ) terminal onthe booster battery. Connect theother end to the grounding strapas shown. Do not connect thisjumper cable to any other part ofthe engine.

Start the vehicle. If the startermotor still operates slowly, checkthat the jumper cables have goodmetal-to-metal contact.

Keep the ends of the jumpercables away from each other andany metal on the vehicle untileverything is disconnected.Otherwise, you may cause anelectrical short.

5.

6.

7.

4.

Jump Starting

Taking Care of the Unexpected 311

12/04/18 15:09:31 42TF2C00_316

Page 317: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The high temperature indicatorshould be off under most conditions.If the engine coolant temperaturegets higher than normal, theindicator will blink. If it stays on, youshould determine the reason (hotday, driving up a steep hill, etc.).

If the high temperature indicatorstays on, turn off the engine.

If you do not see steam or spray,leave the engine running, andcheck the high temperatureindicator. If the high heat is due tooverloading, the engine shouldstart to cool down almostimmediately. If it does, wait untilthe high temperature indicatorgoes off, then continue driving.

If you see steam and/or spraycoming from under the bonnet,turn off the engine. Wait until yousee no more signs of steam orspray, then open the bonnet.

Driving with the high temperatureindicator on can cause seriousdamage to your engine.

If the vehicle overheats, you shouldtake immediate action. The onlyindication may be the hightemperature indicator blinking orremaining on. Or you may see steamor spray coming from under thebonnet.

Safely pull to the side of the road.Put the transmission in Park andset the parking brake. Turn off theclimate control system and allother accessories. Turn on thehazard warning lights.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with an ‘‘ENGINE TEMP. HIGH’’message on the multi-informationdisplay.

1.

2.

3.

4.

If the Engine Overheats

Taking Care of the Unexpected312

Steam and spray from anoverheated engine canseriously scald you.

Do not open the bonnet ifsteam is coming out.

12/04/18 15:09:40 42TF2C00_317

Page 318: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Look for any obvious coolant leaks,such as a split radiator hose.Everything is still extremely hot,so use caution. If you find a leak, itmust be repaired before youcontinue driving (see

on page ).

Using gloves or a large heavycloth, turn the radiator capanticlockwise, without pushingdown, to the first stop. After thepressure releases, push down onthe cap, and turn it until it comesoff.

Put the radiator cap back ontightly. Run the engine, and checkthe high temperature indicator. Ifit begins to blink or comes onagain, the engine needs repair(see on page

).

If the temperature stays normal,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. If it hasgone down, add coolant to theMAX mark. Put the cap back ontightly.Start the engine, and set the

temperature to maximum heat(climate control to AUTO at‘‘ ’’). Add coolant to theradiator up to the base of the fillerneck. If you do not have the

proper coolant mixture available,you can add plain water.Remember to have the coolingsystem drained and refilled withthe proper mixture as soon as youcan.

If you don’t find an obvious leak,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank (see page

). Add coolant if the level isbelow the MIN mark.

If there was no coolant in thereserve tank, you may need to addcoolant to the radiator. Let theengine cool down until the hightemperature indicator goes offbefore checking the radiator.

6.

7.

8.

9.

5.

11.

10.327

327

200

EmergencyTowing

Emergency Towing

If the Engine Overheats

Taking Care of the Unexpected 313

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to sprayout, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

12/04/18 15:09:49 42TF2C00_318

Page 319: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Safely pull off the road, and shutoff the engine. Turn on the hazardwarning lights.

Running the engine with low oilpressure can cause seriousmechanical damage almostimmediately. Turn off the engine assoon as you can safely get thevehicle stopped.

Let the vehicle sit for a minute.Open the bonnet, and check the oillevel (see page ). An enginevery low on oil can lose pressureduring cornering and other drivingmanoeuvres.

Start the engine, and watch the oilpressure indicator. If it does not goout within 10 seconds, turn off theengine. There is a mechanicalproblem that needs to be repairedbefore you can continue driving(see on page

).

This indicator should comeon when the ignition switch

is in the ON (II) position, and go outafter the engine starts. It shouldnever come on when the engine isrunning. If it starts flashing or stayson, the oil pressure has dropped verylow or lost pressure. Serious enginedamage is possible and you shouldtake immediate action.

If necessary, add oil to bring thelevel back to between the upperand lower mark on the dipstick.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with an ‘‘OIL PRESSURE LOW’’message on the multi-informationdisplay.

The indicator notifies you of low oilpressure and does not measure theoil level. Check your vehicle’s oillevel at each refueling.

1.

2.

3.

4.

199

327Emergency Towing

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected314

NOTE:

12/04/18 15:09:58 42TF2C00_319

Page 320: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Immediately turn off all electricalaccessories. Try not to use otherelectrically operated controls such asthe power windows. Keep the enginerunning; starting the engine willdischarge the battery rapidly.

This indicator should comeon when the ignition switch

is in the ON (II) position, and go outafter the engine starts. If thecharging system indicator comes onbrightly when the engine is running,the battery is not being charged.

Go to a dealer or a service stationwhere you can get technicalassistance.

The charging system indicator mayalso come on if the Integrated MotorAssist (IMA) battery charge dropsbelow a desired level and the enginestarts to recharge the battery.

This indicator may blink after youstart the vehicle in the morningwhen the temperature is below

30°C. It will stop blinking whenthe IMA battery warms up.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

12 Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected 315

12/04/18 15:10:05 42TF2C00_320

Page 321: Fit Hybrid English Manual

This indicator comes on,then goes out when you

turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. If the indicator comeson while driving, it means one of theengine’s emissions control systemsmay have a problem. Even thoughyou may feel no difference in yourvehicle’s performance, it can reduceyour fuel economy and causeincreased emissions. Continuedoperation may cause serious damage.

If this indicator comes on, safely pulloff the road and turn off the engine.Restart the engine and watch theindicator. If it stays on, have yourvehicle checked by the dealer assoon as possible. Drive moderatelyuntil the dealer has inspected theproblem. Avoid full-throttleacceleration and driving at highspeed.

You should also have the dealerinspect your vehicle if the indicatorcomes on frequently, even though itgoes off when you follow the aboveprocedure.

If you keep driving with themalfunction indicator lamp on, youcan damage your vehicle’s emissionscontrols and engine. Those repairsmay not be covered by your vehicle’swarranties.

The malfunction indicator lamp mayalso come on with the ‘‘D’’ indicator.

If you turn the ignition switch to theON (II) position, without starting theengine, the malfunction indicatorlamp will come on for about 20seconds. It then goes off or blinks 5times under various conditions. Thisis normal: it shows the self-testingcondition of the diagnostics for theemissions control systems.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Taking Care of the Unexpected316

12/04/18 15:10:12 42TF2C00_321

Page 322: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If the fluid level is low, take yourvehicle to a dealer, and have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

The brake system indicator normallycomes on when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position, and asa reminder to check the parkingbrake. It will stay on if you do notfully release the parking brake.

If the brake system indicator comeson while driving, the brake fluid levelis probably low. Press lightly on thebrake pedal to see if it feels normal.If it does, check the brake fluid levelthe next time you stop at a servicestation (see page ).

However, if the brake pedal does notfeel normal, you should takeimmediate action. A problem in onepart of the system’s dual circuitdesign will still give you braking attwo wheels. You will feel the brakepedal go down much farther beforethe vehicle begins to slow down, andyou will have to press harder on thepedal.You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’

with a ‘‘RELEASE PARKINGBRAKE’’ message on the multi-information display.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘BRAKE FLUID LOW’’message on the multi-informationdisplay.

260

CONTINUED

Brake System Indicator(Red)

Brake System Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected 317

12/04/18 15:10:20 42TF2C00_322

Page 323: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you must drive the vehicle a shortdistance in this condition, driveslowly and carefully.

If the ABS indicator comes on withthe brake system indicator, haveyour vehicle inspected by yourdealer immediately.

Slow down and pull to the side of theroad when it is safe. Because of thelong distance needed to stop, it ishazardous to drive the vehicle. Youshould have it towed and repaired assoon as possible (see

on page ).

If this indicator comes on for anyother reason, have your vehicleinspected by your dealer. There maybe a malfunction with the electricbrake distribution (EBD) system.Avoid hard braking and high speeddriving.

You will also see the symbol ‘‘ ’’with a ‘‘CHECK SYSTEM’’ messageon the multi-information display ifthere is a problem with the brakesystem or the front-to-rear brakingdistribution system.

327

Brake System Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected

EmergencyTowing

318

12/04/18 15:10:26 42TF2C00_323

Page 324: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If there is a problem with the powerdoor lock system and you cannotunlock the driver’s door, use therelease lever behind the left sidecover in the luggage area.

To open the fuel fill door, pull therelease lever rearward.

Open the tailgate. Place a cloth onthe edge of the cover to preventscratches. Remove it by carefullyprying in the notch on its middleedge with a small flat-tipscrewdriver.

1. 2.

Opening the Fuel Fill Door Manually

Taking Care of the Unexpected 319

COVER

12/04/18 15:10:33 42TF2C00_324

Page 325: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The fuse label is attached to the sidepanel.

The under-bonnet fuse is on thepositive terminal of the battery. Toopen it, push the tabs as shown.The interior fuse box is under the

dashboard on the driver’s side. Toaccess the fuse box, pull the covertoward you.

The vehicle’s fuses are located intwo fuse boxes.

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected320

UNDER-BONNET(On Battery)

Push

COVER

FUSE LABEL

INTERIOR

12/04/18 15:10:40 42TF2C00_325

Page 326: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position. Make sure theheadlights and all otheraccessories are off.

If something electrical in yourvehicle stops working, the first thingyou should check for is a blown fuse.Determine from the chart on pages

, or the diagram on thefuse box lid or the fuse label, whichfuse or fuses control that component.Check those fuses first, but check allthe fuses before deciding that ablown fuse is not the cause. Replaceany blown fuses and check if thedevice works.

Check each of the large fuses inthe under-bonnet fuse box on the12 volt battery by looking throughthe top at the wire inside.

Remove the cover from the fusebox.

Replacement of these fuses shouldbe done by your dealer.

Check each of the large fuses inthe interior fuse box by looking atthe wire inside. Removing thesefuses requires a Phillips-headscrewdriver.

3.1.

2.

4.

324 326

CONTINUED

Checking and Replacing Fuses

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected 321

BLOWN

BLOWN

FUSE

12/04/18 15:10:49 42TF2C00_326

Page 327: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Look for a blown wire inside thefuse. If it is blown, replace it withone of the spare fuses of the samerating or lower.

If you replace the blown fuse with aspare fuse that has a lower rating, itmight blow out again. This does notindicate that anything is wrong.Replace the fuse with one of thecorrect rating as soon as you can.

Check the smaller fuses in theinterior fuse box by pulling outeach one with the fuse pullerprovided in the interior fuse box.

If you cannot drive the vehiclewithout fixing the problem, and youdo not have a spare fuse, take a fuseof the same rating or a lower ratingfrom one of the other circuits. Makesure you can do without that circuittemporarily (such as the accessorypower socket).

5. 6.

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected322

FUSE PULLER

FUSE

BLOWN

12/04/18 15:10:56 42TF2C00_327

Page 328: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Replacing a fuse with one that has ahigher rating greatly increases thechances of damaging the electricalsystem. If you do not have areplacement fuse with the properrating for the circuit, install one witha lower rating.

If the replacement fuse of thesame rating blows in a short time,there is probably a seriouselectrical problem with yourvehicle. Leave the blown fuse inthat circuit, and have your vehiclechecked by a qualified technician.

When the audio system is disabled,the clock setting in the audio systemis cancelled. You need to reset theclock according to the instructions inthe audio system section in thisowner’s manual.

7.

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected 323

12/04/18 15:11:00 42TF2C00_328

Page 329: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The locations of fuses are shownwith symbols on the fuse label. Referto the table below for the fuses onyour vehicle.

Replacement of these fuses shouldbe done by your dealer.

No. Circuits Protected123

ACGEPSHorn, Stop

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected324

UNDER-BONNET FUSE BOX

FUSE BOX LABEL

12/04/18 15:11:06 42TF2C00_329

Page 330: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The fuses contained in the interior fuse box vary slightly depending on the model. The locations of fuses are shownwith symbols on the fuse label. Refer to the table on the next page for the fuses on your vehicle.

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected 325

INTERIOR FUSE BOX FUSE BOX LABEL

12/04/20 13:14:45 42TF2C00_330

Page 331: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Circuits ProtectedNo. Circuits Protected No.No. Circuits ProtectedBack UpRear Fog LightDriver’s Power WindowNot UsedBack-up LightSRSMISS SOLOPDSFront Fog LightHeater, Air ConditioningABSIMAAccessory Power SocketACCNot UsedRear WiperFront Passenger’s Power WindowRear Right Power WindowRear Left Power WindowFuel PumpWasher MotorMeter

12345678910111213141516171819202122

HazardHorn, StopNot UsedLAFDoor Lock (Main)Headlight (Main)Small LightRadiator FanNot UsedRight Headlight LowIgnition CoilLeft Headlight LowDoor Lock Motor 2 (Lock)Door Lock Motor 1 (Lock)ABS FSRNot UsedIGPNot UsedNot UsedIMA 1MG ClutchSTS

45464748495051525354555657585960

6162

23242526272829303132333435363738394041424344

Not UsedSunshadeCondenser FanLeft Headlight HighDoor Lock Motor 2 (Unlock)Door Lock Motor 1 (Unlock)Right Headlight HighDBWIMA 2Not UsedNot UsedFront WiperHeaterABS MotorRear DemisterNot UsedIgnitionIG COIL (EX)IG COIL (IN)

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected326

12/04/20 13:14:51 42TF2C00_331

Page 332: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The operatorloads your vehicle on the back of atruck.

If your vehicle needs to be towed,call a professional towing service ororganization. Never tow your vehiclewith just a rope or chain. It is verydangerous.

The towtruck uses two pivoting arms that gounder the front tyres and lift themoff the ground. The rear tyresremain on the ground.

If, due to damage, your vehicle mustbe towed with the front wheels onthe ground, do this:

The towtruck uses metal cables with hookson the ends. These hooks go aroundparts of the frame or suspension andthe cables lift that end of the vehicleoff the ground. Your vehicle’ssuspension and body can beseriously damaged.

There are three popular types ofprofessional towing equipment.

Improper towing preparation willdamage the transmission. Follow theabove procedure exactly. If youcannot shift the transmission or startthe engine, your vehicle must betransported with the front wheels offthe ground.

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle bythe bumpers will cause seriousdamage. The bumpers are notdesigned to support the vehicle’sweight.

Start the engine.

Release the parking brake.

Shift to the D position and hold for5 seconds, then to N.Turn off the engine.Leave the ignition switch in theACCESSORY (I) position so thesteering wheel does not lock.

With the front wheels on the ground,it is best to tow the vehicle no fartherthan 80 km, and keep the speedbelow 55 km/h.

CONTINUED

Flat-bed Equipment

Wheel-lif t Equipment

Sling-type Equipment

This is the best way totransport your vehicle.

This is anacceptable way to tow yourvehicle.

This method oftowing is unacceptable.

Emergency Towing

Taking Care of the Unexpected 327

12/04/18 15:11:28 42TF2C00_332

Page 333: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If you decide to tow your vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground,make sure you use a properly-designed and attached tow bar.Prepare the vehicle for towing asdescribed above, and leave theignition switch in the ACCESSORY(I) position so the steering wheeldoes not lock. Make sure the radioand any electrical accessories areturned off so they do not run downthe battery.

The steering system can bedamaged if the steering wheel islocked. Leave the ignition switch inthe ACCESSORY (I) position, andmake sure the steering wheel turnsfreely before you begin towing.

Emergency Towing

Taking Care of the Unexpected328

12/04/18 15:11:33 42TF2C00_333

Page 334: Fit Hybrid English Manual

If your vehicle gets stuck in sand,mud, or snow, call a towing serviceto pull it out (see page ).

To use the towing hook:

Take the towing hook and theextension out of the tool kit in theluggage area.

Screw the towing hook into thebolt hole behind the bumper, thentighten the hook securely with theextension.

For very short distances, such asfreeing the vehicle, you can use thedetachable towing hook that mountson either anchor in the front or rearbumper.

To avoid damage to your vehicle, usethe towing hook for straight, flatground towing only. Do not tow at anangle. The tow hook should not beused to tow the vehicle onto a flatbed. Do not use it as a tie down.

Put a cloth on the edge of thecover to prevent scratches.Remove the cover from the frontbumper by using the flat-tip end ofthe extension.

3.

2.

1.

327

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck

Taking Care of the Unexpected 329

COVER FRONT TOWING HOOK

12/04/18 15:11:41 42TF2C00_334

Page 335: Fit Hybrid English Manual

330

12/04/18 15:11:43 42TF2C00_335

Page 336: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The diagrams in this section giveyou the dimensions and capacities ofyour vehicle, and the locations of theidentification numbers.

................Identification Numbers . 332................................Specifications . 334

Three Way Catalytic.................................Converters . 338

Technical Information

Technical Information

331

12/04/18 15:11:47 42TF2C00_336

Page 337: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The chassis number is stamped onthe fire wall.

Your vehicle has several identifyingnumbers located in various places.

The engine number is stampedinto the engine block.

The transmission number is on alabel on top of the transmission.

Do not mistake the transmissionnumber for the engine number.

The IMA Motor Number isstamped on the motor housing.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Identif ication Numbers

Technical Information332

ENGINE NUMBER

TRANSMISSION NUMBER

IMA MOTOR NUMBER

12/04/18 15:11:54 42TF2C00_337

Page 338: Fit Hybrid English Manual

The vehicle identification number(VIN) or the chassis number ismoulded on the fire wall in theengine compartment. To access thisnumber, slide the lid on the back ofthe engine compartment. Make sureto close this lid before closing thebonnet.

The certification plate is attached tothe doorjamb on the left side.

The Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) appears on a plate fastened tothe top of the dashboard.

Identif ication Numbers

Technical Information 333

VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))

LLIIDD

CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN PPLLAATTEE

CCHHAASSSSIISS NNUUMMBBEERR//VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))

12/04/18 15:12:01 42TF2C00_338

Page 339: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Technical Information

Specifications

334

WeightsDimensions

3,900 mm1,695 mm1,525 mm

1,195 kg1,575 kg

Curb weightMax. permissible weight

LengthWidthHeightWheelbaseTrack

2,500 mm1,490 mm1,475 mm

FrontRear

12/04/18 15:12:08 42TF2C00_339

Page 340: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Specifications

Technical Information 335

Engine Capacities

73 x 80 mm

10.8 : 1DILFR6F11G

Ask your dealer for replacement.

Type

Bore x StrokeDisplacementCompression ratioSpark plug

1,339 cm

404.565.05

3.2

3.0

3.8

Fuel tankEngine coolant

Engine oil

Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in theengine.Reserve tank capacity: 0.44Excluding the oil remaining in the engine

Water cooled 4-stroke in line4 cylinder petrol engine with

Hybrid Electric Motor

:

NGK:

2 :

1 :

ChangeTotalChange

IncludingfilterWithoutfilter

Total

Approx.1

2

12/04/18 15:12:18 42TF2C00_340

Page 341: Fit Hybrid English Manual

--

Technical Information

Specifications

336

Capacities

Tyres

Alignment

Suspension

Steering

Automatic transmissionfluid (CVTF)

Windscreen washerreservoir

Size/Pressure See tyre information label ondriver’s doorjamb or ask dealerfor information.

Toe-in

Camber

Caster

0.03°1°

3.36°

Type

Type

0 mm2.85.02.5

Mcpherson StrutTorsion Beam Axle

Electric assist-Rack and Pinion

2.5 mmFrontRearFrontRearFront

FrontRear

ChangeTotal

in

12/04/18 15:12:28 42TF2C00_341

Page 342: Fit Hybrid English Manual

--

---

----

---

Technical Information

Specifications

337

Brake

Battery

Fuses

Lights

TypeFrontRearParking

Power assistedVentilated disc

Capacity 12 V 32 AH/5 HR12 V 40 AH/20 HR

Interior

Under-bonnet

HeadlightsFront turn signal lightsFront position lightsSide turn signal lights(door mirror)Rear turn signal lightsStop/tail-lightsBack-up lightsFront fog lightsRear fog lightLicence plate lightsHigh-mount brake lightSpotlightsCeiling lightLuggage area light

12 V12 V12 V

60/55 W21 W5 W

12 V 21 W

12 V12 V12 V12 V

16 W55 W21 W5 W

12 V12 V12 V

8 W8 W5 W

Drum

Replacement of a light bulb should be done by your dealer.

Hand Brake Type

See page 325 or the fuse labelattached to the inside of the fusebox door under the steeringcolumn.See page 324 or the fuse boxcover.

Rear

LED type

LED type

LED type

(H4/HB2)(Amber)

(Amber)

(H11)

:

12/04/18 15:12:46 42TF2C00_342

Page 343: Fit Hybrid English Manual

Always use unleaded petrol. Even asmall amount of leaded petrol cancontaminate the catalyst metals,making the three way catalyticconverters ineffective.

Follow the emission standard ofcontaminant emission below:· GB18352.3-2005Limits and measuring methods (III,IV) for emissions from light-dutyvehicles.

The three way catalytic convertersmust operate at a high temperaturefor the chemical reactions to takeplace. They can set on fire anycombustible materials that comenear them. Park your vehicle awayfrom high grass, dry leaves, or otherflammables.

Three Way Catalytic Converters

Technical Information338

12/04/18 15:12:51 42TF2C00_343

Page 344: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Battery (12 Volt)Charging System

...........................Indicator . 69, 315............................Jump Starting . 310

..............................Maintenance . 288............................Specifications . 337

..............................Before Driving . 195....................................Belts, Seat . 9, 22

.........................Beverage Holders . 162....................Bonnet, Opening the . 198

Brakes...........Anti-lock System (ABS) . 234

.............Break-in, New Linings . 196....................Bulb Replacement . 264

...........................................Fluid . 260.......................................Parking . 159

.................System Indicator . 70, 317........................Wear Indicators . 233

.............................Braking System . 232

.................Break-in, New Vehicle . 196Brightness Control,

...............................Instruments . 125Bulb Replacement

..........................Back-up Lights . 268..............................Brake Lights . 264

.......................Front Fog Lights . 271...............Front Position Lights . 268

.........Front Turn Signal Lights . 267.................................Headlights . 265

.........High-mount Brake Light . 264...........................Interior Lights . 273

.................Licence Plate Lights . 270

.................Luggage Area Light . 274..........................Rear Fog Light . 268

..........Rear Turn Signal Lights . 268............................Specifications . 337...........................Stop/tail-lights . 264

......................Bulbs, Halogen . 263, 265

............................Capacities Chart . 335.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 61

...Accessories and Modifications . 202ACCESSORY (Ignition Key

.....................................Position) . 133................Adding Engine Coolant . 255

....................Additives, Engine Oil . 255.............................Airbag (SRS) . 12, 27

.....................Air Cleaner Element . 261..............Air Conditioning System . 178

..............................Maintenance . 275.........................................Usage . 178

.......................Air Outlets (Vents) . 178......................Air Pressure, Tyres . 282

.....Aluminium Wheels, Cleaning . 295..............................Ambient Meter . 214

..........................................Antenna . 296......................................Antifreeze . 255

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)..................Indicator Lights . 71, 234

...................................Operation . 234Anti-theft Steering Column

............................................Lock . 133..........................Appearance Care . 293

................................Audio System . 177

................................Auto Idle Stop . 229.....................................Indicator . 231

...Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners . 24......................Auxiliary Input Jack . 191

Index

A

B

C

339

12/04/18 15:12:57 42TF2C00_344

Page 345: Fit Hybrid English Manual

.........................Carrying Luggage . 204......................Catalytic Converter . 338

..............CAUTION, Explanation of . ii.........................................CD Care . 188.......................................CD Player . 181

.........CD Player Error Messages . 187..................................Ceiling Light . 166

.........................Certification Plate . 333................................Chains, Tyres . 287

...................Changing a Flat Tyre . 303Changing Oil

......................................When to . 249....................Charge/Assist Gauge . 79

...Charging System Indicator . 69, 315...................Chassis Number . 332, 333

............Checklist, Before Driving . 210..........Child Restraint Systems . 44, 45

.....................Lower Anchorages . 47................Tether Anchor Points . 55

.....................................Child Safety . 34..............................Booster Seats . 58

......Child Restraint Systems . 44, 45Important Safety

.........................Reminders . 34, 38..........................................Infants . 40

..........................Larger Children . 57

.....................Lower Anchorages . 47................Risks with Airbags . 36, 38

.............................Small Children . 42.........................................Tethers . 55

.........Where Should a Child Sit? . 35....................Cleaner Element, Air . 261

Cleaning..........................Air Fresheners . 299

...................Aluminium Wheels . 295......................................Exterior . 294

.................................Floor Mats . 297.......................................Interior . 297.......................................Leather . 298

............................Roof Antenna . 296...................................Seat Belts . 299

...........................................Vinyl . 298....................................Windows . 298

...............Climate Control System . 178..............................................Clock . 192

......................................Coat Hook . 165............Cold Weather, Starting in . 211

.....................Compact Spare Tyre . 302.............Controls, Instruments and . 65

Coolant........................................Adding . 255

....................................Checking . 200

.........................Proper Solution . 255.............Temperature Indicators . 75

.........................................Cool Box . 162....................Corrosion Protection . 300

...................................Cup Holders . 162.......................Customized Settings . 94

..............................................CVTF . 258CVTF Service Reminder

........................................System . 241

................DANGER, Explanation of . ii...................................Dashboard . 2, 66

.................................Dead Battery . 310......................Default Settings . 94, 118

..............Defrosting the Windows . 174

..............Demister, Rear Window . 126....................................Dimensions . 334

.............Dimming the Headlights . 123.....................Dipstick, Engine Oil . 200

........................Directional Signals . 123Disc Brake Pad Wear

...................................Indicators . 233.....................................Disc Player . 181

Index

D

340

12/04/18 15:13:01 42TF2C00_345

Page 346: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

Doors............Locking and Unlocking . 134

....................Power Door Locks . 134...........Driver and Passenger Safety . 5

...........................................Driving . 209....................................Economy . 201

.........................In Bad Weather . 236..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 276

........................Eco Assist System . 212................................ECON Button . 128

..................................ECON Mode . 128..............................Economy, Fuel . 201

Electric Power Steering (EPS)...................................Indicator . 73

..........................................Symbol . 92..................................Emergencies . 301

.............Battery, Jump Starting . 310...........Brake System Indicator . 317

...............Changing a Flat Tyre . 303.....Charging System Indicator . 315

..................Checking the Fuses . 320Fuel Fill Door,

................Opening Manually . 319

.......Hazard Warning Flashers . 126............................Jump Starting . 310

.....Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 314...Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 316

..................Overheated Engine . 312.......................................Towing . 327

.........................Emergency Brake . 159....................Emergency Flashers . 126

......................Emergency Towing . 327Engine

Coolant Temperature.................................Indicators . 75

.........................If It Won’t Start . 308Malfunction Indicator

................................Lamp . 68, 316........Oil Pressure Indicator . 69, 314..............Oil, What Kind to Use . 254

...............................Overheating . 312............................Specifications . 334

.......................................Starting . 211......................Engine Coolant . 200, 255.............................Engine Number . 332

Error Indications..................................CD Player . 187

...............................Exhaust Fumes . 61..................Exterior, Cleaning the . 294

............................Fabric, Cleaning . 298...................................Fan, Interior . 173

.........................................Features . 169....................Filling the Fuel Tank . 197

Filters................................Air Cleaner . 261

.........................Dust and Pollen . 276.............................................Fuel . 262

...........Flashers, Hazard Warning . 126..................Flat Tyre, Changing a . 303

.....................................Floor Mats . 297Fluids

Automatic Transmission.....................................(CVT) . 258

..........................................Brake . 260...............Windscreen Washers . 257

...................Folding Door Mirrors . 158.............Folding the Rear Seat Up . 149

.....Folding the Rear Seats Down . 150........................Four-way Flashers . 126

Index

E

F

341

12/04/18 15:13:06 42TF2C00_346

Page 347: Fit Hybrid English Manual

......................................Front Seat . 144....................................Adjusting . 144

...................................Airbags . 11, 28......................................Armrest . 145

............................Front Airbags . 11, 28........................Front Console Box . 164

............................Front Fog Light . 124.................................................Fuel . 196

....................................Economy . 201......................Fill Door and Cap . 197

...........................................Filter . 262...........................................Gauge . 78

.....................Low Fuel Indicator . 75................Octane Requirement . 196

........................Tank, Refueling . 197.....................Fuses, Checking the . 320

.............................................Gauges . 77.............................Charge/Assist . 79

...............................................Fuel . 78...............................Speedometer . 78

.................................Tachometer . 78

Gearshift Lever PositionsAutomatic Transmission

.....................................(CVT) . 219..............................Glass Cleaning . 298

......................................Glove Box . 161

.............Halogen Headlight Bulbs . 265............Hazard Warning Flashers . 126

............................Head Restraints . 146.......................Headlight Adjuster . 127

Headlights........................................Aiming . 265

..................High Beam Indicator . 74....................Lights On Indicator . 74

..........Low Beams, Turning on . 123......................Reminder Beeper . 123

........Replacing Halogen Bulbs . 265.................................Turning on . 123

.............High Altitude, Starting at . 211...............High-Low Beam Switch . 123..............High-mount Brake Light . 264

...........................................Horn . 3, 120

...Identification Number, Vehicle . 333Ignition

............................................Keys . 130.........................................Switch . 133

.....................................IMA Battery . iii.........IMA Battery Level Indicator . 86

.....................IMA Motor Number . 332......................................IMA System . iii

...................................Precautions . iv......................Immobilizer System . 131

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6..................Indicators/Symbols . 68, 92

.......ABS (Anti-lock Brake) . 71, 234............................Auto Idle Stop . 229

Brake (Parking and Brake............................System) . 70, 317

................Charging System . 69, 315............Door and Tailgate Open . 69

................................ECON Mode . 76...............................................EPS . 73

...................................High Beam . 74......................High Temperature . 75

.................................IMA System . 72........Key (Immobilizer System) . 69

Index

G

H

I

342

12/04/18 15:13:12 42TF2C00_347

Page 348: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

.....................................Lights On . 74......................................Low Fuel . 75

................Low Oil Pressure . 69, 314.......................Low Temperature . 75

Malfunction Indicator................................Lamp . 68, 316.......................................Seat Belt . 68

...............................................SRS . 71.........................System Message . 71

Turn Signal and Hazard...................................Warning . 74

Indicator Lights, Instrument.............................................Panel . 67

...............................Infant Restraint . 40....................................Infants Seats . 44

.....................Lower Anchorages . 47................Tether Anchor Points . 55

..................Inflation, Proper Tyre . 282.................................Inside Mirror . 157

............................Inspection, Tyre . 283............................Instrument Panel . 67

......Instrument Panel Brightness . 125...........................Interior Cleaning . 297

...............................Interior Lights . 166........................................Introduction . i

.................Jacking up the Vehicle . 303......................................Jack, Tyre . 304

................................Jump Starting . 310

................................................Keys . 130

.......................Label, Certification . 333......................Language Selection . 101

............................................Lap Belt . 24..................Lap/Shoulder Belts . 16, 23

.........................Leather, Cleaning . 298Lights

....................Bulb Replacement . 263.......................................Indicator . 74

......................................Position . 123................................Turn Signal . 123

....................................Load Limits . 205....LOCK (Ignition Key Position) . 133

Locks.....Anti-theft Steering Column . 133

.......................Door, Childproof . 135............................Fuel Fill Door . 197

....................Power Door Locks . 134......................................Tailgate . 141

........................Low Coolant Level . 200.........................Low Fuel Indicator . 75

...Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 69, 314.........................Lower Anchorages . 47

Lubricant Specifications..........................................Chart . 335

....................Luggage Area Cover . 152................Luggage, How to Carry . 205

..........................Luggage, Storing . 204

..................................Maintenance . 239...Owner Maintenance Checks . 252

........................................Record . 251..........................................Safety . 240

.............................Schedule . 248-250.Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 68, 316

...Maximum Permissible Weight . 334

Index

K

J

L

M

343

12/04/18 15:13:18 42TF2C00_348

Page 349: Fit Hybrid English Manual

.........................Meters, Gauges . 67, 77...........................................Mirrors . 157

....................................Adjusting . 157.......................................Folding . 158

...............Modifying Your Vehicle . 202................................................MP3 . 182

.............Multi-Information Display . 80

.....................Neutral (N) Position . 221..................New Vehicle Break-in . 196

..................NOTICE, Explanation of . ii.......Numbers, Identification . 332, 333

........Octane Requirement, Petrol . 196.........................................Odometer . 88

...............................Odometer, Trip . 88Oil

..............Change, When to . 248, 249

......................Checking Engine . 199..............Pressure Indicator . 69, 314

Selecting Proper Viscosity......................................Chart . 254

.........ON (Ignition Key Position) . 133.....................Opening the Bonnet . 198

Opening the Fuel Fill Door....................................Manually . 319

....................Opening the Tailgate . 141............................Outside Mirrors . 157

....Outside Temperature Indicator . 89....................Overheating, Engine . 312

....Owner’s Maintenance Checks . 252

..............................Paddle Shifters . 224

..............................Paint Touch-up . 296............Panel Brightness Control . 125

...........................................Parking . 232...............................Parking Brake . 159

Parking Brake and Brake.................System Indicator . 70, 317

Parking Over Things That............................................Burn . 232

..............................................Petrol . 196................Filling the Fuel Tank . 197

...........................................Filter . 262...........................Fuel Economy . 201

...........................................Gauge . 77

.....................Low Fuel Indicator . 75................Octane Requirement . 196

....................................Refueling . 197..................Polishing and Waxing . 295

...................................Pollen Filter . 276..............................Position Lights . 123

........................Power Door Locks . 134............................Power Windows . 153

.........Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . 20..................Proper Seat Belt Usage . 16

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 13...Additional Safety Precautions . 20

.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 20........................Protecting Children . 34.......................Protecting Infants . 40

.......Protecting Larger Children . 57.........Protecting Small Children . 42

Using Child Restraints with.....................................Tethers . 55

..........Using Lower Anchorages . 46

...................Radiator Overheating . 312..............................Rear Fog Light . 124

..Rear Lights, Bulb Replacement . 264

Index

N

O

P

R

344

12/04/18 15:13:24 42TF2C00_349

Page 350: Fit Hybrid English Manual

CONTINUED

.......................Rear Seats, Folding . 150..........................Rear View Mirror . 157

...............Rear Window Demister . 126Rear Window Wiper and

.......................................Washer . 122.............Reclining the Seat Backs . 144

.......................Reminder Indicators . 67

.....................Remote Transmitter . 136Replacement Information

.................Air Cleaner Element . 261..............Dust and Pollen Filter . 276

..................................Fuel Filter . 262..........................................Fuses . 320

................................Light Bulbs . 263............................Schedule . 248, 249

................................Spark Plugs . 335..........................................Tyres . 285

.............................Wiper Blades . 278Replacing Seat Belts After a

............................................Crash . 25Reserve Tank, Engine

...............................Coolant . 200, 255...............................Restraint, Child . 34

....................Reverse (R) Position . 221................................Roof Antenna . 296

......................................Roof Rack . 206

...............................Rotation, Tyre . 284

..................................Safety Belts . 9, 23.................................Safety Features . 8

.........................................Airbags . 11.......................................Seat Belts . 9

.............Safety Labels, Location of . 62...............................Safety Messages . ii

.....................................Seat Belts . 9, 23...............Additional Information . 22

Automatic Seat Belt...............................Tensioners . 24

.....................................Cleaning . 299........................................Lap Belt . 24

................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 16, 23................................Maintenance . 25

Reminder Indicator and................................Beeper . 22, 68

................................Replacement . 25...................System Components . 22

...............Use During Pregnancy . 20.............................Seat Under Box . 164

......................Seats, Adjusting the . 144............................Security System . 193

...................Service Intervals . 248, 249.........Service Station Procedures . 197

..........................Setting the Clock . 192..............................Side Airbags . 11, 29

...How Your Side Airbags Work . 29........................Risks to Children . 38................Side Curtain Airbags . 11, 31

.............................Signaling Turns . 123....................................Snow Tyres . 286

...................Solvent-type Cleaners . 295................................Sound System . 177

.............................Spare Tyre . 302, 303

.....................................Compact . 302......................................Inflating . 302

............................Specifications . 336....................................Spark Plugs . 335

....................Specifications Charts . 334...................................Speedometer . 78

Speed-sensitive Volume...............Compensation (SVC) . 180

.......................................Spotlights . 167

Index

S

345

12/04/18 15:13:28 42TF2C00_350

Page 351: Fit Hybrid English Manual

..........SRS, Additional Information . 27...Additional Safety Precautions . 33

Automatic Seat Belt...............................Tensioners . 24

How the SRS Indicator.......................................Works . 31

How Your Front Airbags.........................................Work . 28

How Your Side Airbags.........................................Work . 29

........................SRS Components . 27..................................SRS Service . 33

.............................SRS Indicator . 31, 71..START (Ignition Key Position) . 134

.......................Starting the Engine . 211In Cold Weather at High

..................................Altitude . 211................With a Dead Battery . 310

........Steam Coming from Engine . 312Steering Wheel

..............................Adjustments . 129...........Anti-theft Column Lock . 133

...................Stereo Sound System . 177....................Storing Your Vehicle . 291

........................................Sunshade . 155

........................................Sun Visor . 164

Supplemental Restraint................................System . 12, 27......................................Servicing . 33

.........................SRS Indicator . 31, 71...................System Components . 27

............System Message Indicator . 71System Warning Symbols,

...Multi-Information Display . 92, 93

.....................................Tachometer . 78..........................................Tailgate . 141

...............................Opening the . 141.Taking Care of the Unexpected . 301

Technical DescriptionsThree Way Catalytic

...............................Converter . 338.................Temperature Indicators . 75

.....................Tether Anchor Points . 56..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 338

..........................Time, Setting the . 192..................Tools, Tyre Changing . 304

..............................Tonneau Cover . 152Towing

................Emergency Wrecker . 327

.............................Towing Hook . 329Transmission

Checking Fluid Level,..............................Automatic . 258

...........................Fluid Selection . 259..............Identification Number . 332.............Shifting the Automatic . 220

.....................................Treadwear . 283................................Trip Computer . 83

.......................................Trip Meter . 88..................................Turn Signals . 123

........Tyre, How to Change a Flat . 303..............................................Tyres . 282

..............................Air Pressure . 282...................................Balancing . 284

........................................Chains . 287.........................Checking Wear . 283..........................Compact Spare . 302

......................................Inflation . 282..................................Inspection . 283

..............................Maintenance . 284...................................Replacing . 285

......................................Rotating . 284...........................................Snow . 286

....................Specifications . 286, 336..............................12 Volt Battery . 288

Index

T

346

12/04/18 15:13:33 42TF2C00_351

Page 352: Fit Hybrid English Manual

.....................Underside, Cleaning . 300Unexpected, Taking Care

..........................................of the . 301.....................Upholstery Cleaning . 297

...........................Upper Glove Box . 161

................................Vanity Mirror . 165.................Vehicle Capacity Load . 205

......................Vehicle Dimensions . 334....Vehicle Identification Number . 333

.............................Vehicle Storage . 290.....................................Ventilation . 170

.................................................VIN . 333...............................Vinyl Cleaning . 298

..................................Viscosity, Oil . 254

.............WARNING, Explanation of . ii.........Warning Labels, Location of . 62

Washers, Windscreen........Checking the Fluid Level . 257

...................................Operation . 121.........................................Washing . 294

..................Waxing and Polishing . 295Wheels

.............Adjusting the Steering . 129............Alignment and Balance . 284

.....Cleaning Aluminium Alloys . 295..........................Compact Spare . 302

...............................Nut Wrench . 305Windows

.............................Auto Reverse . 154.....................................Cleaning . 298

................Operating the Power . 153..........................Rear, Demister . 126

Windscreen.............................Cleaning . 121, 298.....................................Washers . 121

.................................Winter Tyres . 286Wipers

....................................Changing . 278...................................Operation . 121

..............................................WMA . 182...................................Worn Tyres . 283

.....Wrecker, Emergency Towing . 327

Index

U

V

W

347

12/04/18 15:13:38 42TF2C00_352

Page 353: Fit Hybrid English Manual

12/04/18 15:13:40 42TF2C00_353

Page 354: Fit Hybrid English Manual

12/04/18 15:13:42 42TF2C00_354

Page 355: Fit Hybrid English Manual

12/04/18 15:13:44 42TF2C00_355